xref: /freebsd/contrib/sendmail/RELEASE_NOTES (revision 1e413cf93298b5b97441a21d9a50fdcd0ee9945e)
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1909 2007/10/31 16:04:13 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.14.2/8.14.2	2007/11/01
10	If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
11		a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
12		"mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
13		run and trigger various consistency checks.  Problem
14		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
15	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
16		it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
17		is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
18		case every MAXLINE-1 characters.  Patch from John Gardiner
19		Myers of Proofpoint.
20	Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
21		work in earlier 8.14 versions.
22	Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
23		background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
24		Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
25		recipients.
26	ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
27		documented), not when it was reached.  Patch from
28		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
29	Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
30		specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
31	When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
32		(-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
33		the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
34	If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
35		exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
36		the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
37		created a delivery status notification (DSN).  Patch
38		from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
39	A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
40		the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
41		Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
42	sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
43		compiled in but not offered by the server and the
44		delivery failed temporarily.  Patch from Werner Wiethege.
45	If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
46		map so it will be reopened on the next lookup.  This
47		should help "failover" configurations that specify more
48		than one LDAP server.
49	If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
50		be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
51		a system which does not have the compile time flag
52		HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
53		of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
54	If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
55		logfile entry might have been wrong.  Problem found by
56		Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
57	If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
58		NULL, the message body was lost.  Patch from Motonori
59		Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
60	sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname.  Patch from Peng Haitao.
61	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
62		replacing files.
63	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
64		reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
65	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
66		appropriate.
67	LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
68		against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
69		8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
70	LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
71		from the version number, however, the returned value was
72		correct for the current libmilter version.
73
748.14.1/8.14.1	2007/04/03
75	Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
76		it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
77		transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
78		in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ.  Bug
79		found by Andy Fiddaman.
80	The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
81		could not be set in 8.14.0.
82	If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
83		command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
84		due to an internal inconsistency.  Problem found by
85		Werner Wiethege.
86	Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
87		Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
88		Science and Mathematics.
89	CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
90	CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
91		of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
92		m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
93		SharedMemoryKeyFile.
94	CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
95		options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
96	CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
97		Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
98	LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
99		currently available macros.  Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
100	LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
101		negotiation.  Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
102	LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
103		Patches from Bryan Costales.
104	PORTABILITY FIXES:
105		AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
106			redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
107			Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
108			Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
109		Add support for QNX.6.  Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
110			Software Systems.
111	New Files:
112		devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
113		devtools/OS/QNX.6.x
114		include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
115
116	New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
117		libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
118		libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
119
1208.14.0/8.14.0	2007/01/31
121	Header field values are now 8 bit clean.  Notes:
122		- header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
123		- RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
124		  headers.
125	Preserve spaces after the colon in a header.  Previously, any
126		number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
127		exactly one space.
128	In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
129		be silently lost.  Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
130		limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
131		may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
132		.forward files that refer to others.  Patch from
133		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
134	Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
135		"sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
136		hostname of the client is undefined.  It is now set
137		to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
138	Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
139		Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
140	New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
141		Patch from Nik Clayton.
142	New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
143		permanent errors (5xy).  This can be useful for testing.
144	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
145		per daemon socket:
146			DeliveryMode	DeliveryMode
147			refuseLA	RefuseLA
148			delayLA		DelayLA
149			queueLA		QueueLA
150			children	MaxDaemonChildren
151	New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
152		lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
153		arguments specified in the map lookup.  Loosely based
154		on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
155	Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered.  Patch
156		from Nik Clayton.
157	If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
158		performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
159		not also invoke greet_pause.  Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
160		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
161	If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
162		introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
163		was logged previously.  Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
164		et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
165	New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
166		readable" status.
167	New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
168		of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
169	If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
170		is a header address it also distinguishes between
171		recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
172		envelope addresses).
173	When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
174		by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
175	Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
176	New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
177		number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
178		slow down responding.
179	New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
180		enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
181		key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
182		a file where to store the selected key.
183	Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
184		by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
185		from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
186		connection is terminated immediately.
187	New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
188		X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
189		account that addresses map to.  Patch from Dan Harkless.
190	New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
191		-B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
192		-z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
193			a query if it is too long.
194		-Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
195			to form the result of a lookup.
196	New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
197		implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
198		started by using "make check".
199	Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
200		reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
201		Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
202	Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
203		terminated child processes.  Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
204	When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
205		queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
206		intended.
207	New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
208		Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
209	New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
210		algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
211		which may improve the communication performance on some
212		operating systems.  Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
213		Proofpoint.
214	If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
215		(thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
216		generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
217		line.
218	Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
219		the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
220	Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
221		really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
222		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
223	If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
224		a missing initialization call for that case).  Problem
225		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
226	If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
227		before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
228		could fail for the sendmail client.  A patch by Moritz Both
229		works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
230	CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
231		undefining STATUS_FILE.  By not setting StatusFile,
232		the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
233		each delivery.
234	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
235		clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
236		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
237		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
238	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
239		clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
240		unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
241		name instead of the client name).  Contributed by Neil
242		Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
243		Sun Microsystems.
244	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
245		(MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
246		Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
247	CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
248		the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
249	CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
250		to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
251			To:user@example.com	RELAY
252	CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
253		macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
254		SMTP dialogue.
255	CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
256		for the HELO/EHLO command.
257	CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
258		messages by using those values as second argument.
259		Patches from Nelson Fung.
260	CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
261		ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
262		preceeded by a backslash.
263	DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
264		directories, then it used for "make install" to create
265		the required installation directories.
266	DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
267		executables (defaults to confCC).
268	LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
269		has several changes which are listed below and documented
270		in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
271	LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
272		changed.  It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
273		not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
274		it is not user/milter-programmer visible).  Additionally,
275		a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
276		that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
277		at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
278	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
279		dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
280		protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
281		specify which of these a milter wants to use.  This allows
282		for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
283		xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
284	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
285		can act on the DATA command.
286	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
287		can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
288	LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
289		can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
290		milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
291	LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
292		xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
293		and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback.  This
294		is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
295		body chunks it already received without reading the entire
296		rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
297		that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
298	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
299		new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
300	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
301		envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
302	LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
303		recipients (RCPT) too.  This requires to set the protocol
304		flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation.  Whether
305		a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
306		value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
307	LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
308		wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
309		by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
310		negotiation.
311	LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
312		leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
313		protocol action.  Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
314		does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
315		inserted, or replaced.
316	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
317		callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
318		with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
319	New Files:
320		cf/feature/badmx.m4
321		cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
322		cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
323		devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
324		include/sm/misc.h
325		include/sm/sendmail.h
326		include/sm/tailq.h
327		libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
328		libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
329		libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
330		libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
331		libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
332		libmilter/example.c
333		libmilter/monitor.c
334		libmilter/worker.c
335		libsm/memstat.c
336		libsm/t-memstat.c
337		libsm/t-qic.c
338		libsm/util.c
339		sendmail/daemon.h
340		sendmail/map.h
341
3428.13.8/8.13.8	2006/08/09
343	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
344		the server can erroneously report that there is
345		insufficient disk space.  Additionally make sure that
346		an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
347		misleading errors.  Based on patch from Steve Hubert
348		of University of Washington.
349	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
350		the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
351		sendmail -bd is invoked.  Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
352		of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
353	Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none".  Patch from
354		David F. Skoll.
355	Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
356		Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
357	CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
358		range (0..255).
359	LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
360		previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}.  However,
361		this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
362		it has been changed to {client_name}.  See doc/op/op.*
363		about these macros.
364
3658.13.7/8.13.7	2006/06/14
366	A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
367		crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
368		e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s).  This
369		happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
370		was not restricted.  The function is called for MIME 8 to
371		7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
372		To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
373		a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
374		limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
375		Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
376	The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
377		SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
378		DIGEST-MD5.  Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
379	If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
380		a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
381		This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
382		layer made in 8.13.6.
383	Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
384		Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
385		distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
386		Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
387		e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
388		Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
389		like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
390		Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
391		to avoid those false positives.
392	If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
393		error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
394		files were not removed.
395	If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
396		parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected.  Problem
397		reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
398	Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
399		bug work-around.  Hence if sendmail is linked against
400		either of these versions and compression is available,
401		the padding bug work-around is turned off.  Based on
402		patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
403	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
404		blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
405		however, that list is no longer available.  To avoid
406		further problems, no default value is available anymore,
407		but an argument must be specified.
408	Portability:
409		Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c.  Patch from
410		Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
411
4128.13.6/8.13.6	2006/03/22
413	SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
414		and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
415		layer and fix problems in that code.  Also fix handling of
416		a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
417		attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
418		setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
419		Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
420	Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
421		the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
422		(signed) integer value.  This is prevented in the default
423		configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
424		most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
425		those values.  Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
426	If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
427		another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
428		not trigger an internal consistency check.  Problem found
429		by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
430	If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
431		to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
432		STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
433		2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
434		of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
435		temporary error in 8.13.5).  Problem reported by Jeff
436		A. Earickson of Colby College.
437	Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command.  Patch from John
438		Myers of Proofpoint.
439	Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
440		for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
441		processed.  Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
442	Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
443		resume a stored TLS session.
444	Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
445		a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
446		Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
447	LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
448		(libmilter.h).  Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
449		Sun Microsystems.
450	LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
451		This generates an error message from libmilter on
452		Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
453		request silently.
454	LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
455		-1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
456		directly.  Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
457		Services.
458	Portability:
459		Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
460		in NetBSD.  Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
461		Andrew Brown.
462
4638.13.5/8.13.5	2005/09/16
464	Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
465		exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
466		directory.  This structure is used decide whether there
467		is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
468		without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
469		subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
470		than the base directory.
471	Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
472		checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
473		an envelope across queue groups.  Problem found by
474		Werner Wiethege.
475	If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
476		number of items to process, sort the queue first and
477		then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
478		Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
479	Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN.  Problem noted by
480		Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
481		University.
482	FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
483		From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
484	When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
485		it as a temporary error, not as protocol error.  Problem
486		noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
487	Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
488		prototype used static too.  Patch from Peter Klein.
489	Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
490	LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
491		zero then do not silently ignore that call.  Patch from
492		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
493	LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
494		the SMTP session with that error.  Fix from Brian Kantor.
495	Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
496			has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
497			of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
498			source code.
499		Add support for AIX 5.3.
500		Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
501		Add support for Darwin 8.x.  Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
502		OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
503	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
504		Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
505			GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
506			Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
507		Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
508			was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
509			broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
510			Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
511		Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
512			the defaults in the sendmail binary.  Problem noted
513			by Mike Pechkin.
514	New Files:
515		cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
516		devtools/OS/AIX.5.3
517		devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
518		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
519		include/sm/time.h
520
5218.13.4/8.13.4	2005/03/27
522	The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
523		different error which could result in connections that
524		stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
525		properly initialized.  Problem noted by Michael Sims.
526	Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature().  This bug could lead
527		to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
528		host.  Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
529		tracked down by Gael Roualland.
530	Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr().  Problem
531		found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
532	If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
533		owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
534		the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
535		to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
536	The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
537		memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
538		and bounce generation.
539	Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
540		in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
541		for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
542		Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
543		down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
544	The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag.  Patch from
545		Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
546	The socket map did not obey the -f flag.  Problem noted by
547		Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
548	The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
549		the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
550		return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
551	Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
552		to avoid a possible segmentation fault.  Based on patch
553		by Joe Maimon.
554	Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
555		does not assign a value to its output parameter.  Based
556		on patch by Brian Kantor.
557	Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
558		to Cyrus SASL version 2).  Otherwise an SMTP session might
559		be dropped after an AUTH failure.
560	Portability:
561		Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
562			"long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
563			AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode.  Note: this has to be set
564			"by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
565			Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
566		Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x.  This should
567			fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
568			Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
569			University of Bremen.
570	New Files:
571		include/sm/sem.h
572		libsm/sem.c
573		libsm/t-sem.c
574
5758.13.3/8.13.3	2005/01/11
576	Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
577		is active.
578	Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
579		due to a 421 error.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
580		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
581	Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
582		closing a connection.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
583		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
584	Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
585		next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
586		connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
587		SMTP reply code.  Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
588
5898.13.2/8.13.2	2004/12/15
590	Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
591		buffer size.  Previously a part of such a header would
592		end up in the body of the message.  Problem noted by
593		Simple Nomad of BindView.
594	Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
595		headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
596		Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
597	If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
598		message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
599		messages on that connection.  This prevents bogus "Bad
600		file number" recipient status.  Problem noted by
601		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
602	Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
603		2821.  Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
604	Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
605		for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
606		Cyrus IMAP lmtp server.  Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
607	When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
608		them off at a comma.  Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
609	Add more logging to milter change header functions to
610		complement existing logging.  Based on patch from
611		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
612	Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
613		Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
614	Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
615		to a hostname for use with SASL.  Problem noted by Ken Jones;
616		patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
617	CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
618		mailer.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
619	LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
620		xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
621		Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
622	LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
623		different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
624		Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
625	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem
626		noted by Nelson Fung.
627	MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
628		mail.local.  Problem noted by William Park.
629	VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem noted
630		by Nelson Fung.
631	Portability:
632		Add support for DragonFly BSD.
633	New Files:
634		cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
635		devtools/OS/DragonFly
636		include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
637	Deleted Files:
638		libsm/vsscanf.c
639
6408.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
641	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
642		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
643		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
644		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
645	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
646		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
647	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
648		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
649		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
650		by David Russell.
651	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
652		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
653		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
654		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
655	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
656		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
657		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
658	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
659		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
660	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
661		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
662		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
663		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
664		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
665		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
666		Bielefeld.
667	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
668		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
669	Portability:
670		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
671			noted by Geoff Adams.
672		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
673		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
674			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
675		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
676			incompatibilities with various *roff related
677			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
678	New Files:
679		doc/op/README
680
6818.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
682	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
683		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
684		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
685		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
686		University.
687	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
688		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
689		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
690	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
691		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
692	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
693		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
694		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
695		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
696		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
697		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
698	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
699		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
700		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
701		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
702		of cf/README for more information.
703	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
704		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
705		the LDAP library.
706	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
707		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
708		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
709		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
710		library supports it.
711	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
712		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
713	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
714		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
715		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
716	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
717		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
718		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
719		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
720		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
721		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
722		determines the length of the interval for which the
723		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
724		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
725	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
726		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
727		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
728		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
729		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
730		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
731		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
732		during that connection.
733	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
734		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
735		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
736	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
737		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
738		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
739	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
740		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
741	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
742		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
743		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
744		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
745	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
746		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
747		sendmail.
748	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
749		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
750		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
751		Mines de Paris.
752	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
753		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
754		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
755		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
756		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
757		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
758		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
759		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
760	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
761		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
762		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
763	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
764		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
765		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
766		by Sander Eerkes.
767	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
768		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
769		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
770		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
771	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
772		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
773		operates on lost queue items.
774	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
775		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
776		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
777		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
778		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
779		quarantine reason.
780	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
781		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
782	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
783		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
784		"QUARANTINE:".
785	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
786		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
787		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
788		be used for the quarantine reason.
789	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
790	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
791		message if it is quarantined.
792	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
793		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
794		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
795		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
796		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
797	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
798		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
799		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
800	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
801		recipients received so far in a transaction.
802	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
803		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
804		noted by Kai Schlichting.
805	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
806		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
807		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
808	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
809		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
810	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
811	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
812		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
813	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
814		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
815		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
816	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
817	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
818		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
819		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
820		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
821	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
822		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
823		of the University of Manitoba.
824	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
825		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
826		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
827		is active.
828	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
829		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
830		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
831	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
832		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
833	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
834		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
835	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
836		overwrite each other's pid files.
837	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
838		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
839		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
840	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
841		LogLevel 12 or higher.
842	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
843		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
844		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
845		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
846		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
847	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
848		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
849		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
850		of Sun Microsystems.
851	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
852		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
853	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
854		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
855	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
856		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
857	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
858		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
859	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
860		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
861		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
862		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
863	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
864		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
865		further information.
866	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
867		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
868	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
869		queue return and warning times for delivery status
870		notifications.
871	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
872		at all.
873	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
874		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
875		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
876	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
877		for DaemonPortOptions.
878	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
879		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
880		of Northern Illinois University.
881	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
882		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
883		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
884		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
885		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
886	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
887		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
888	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
889		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
890	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
891		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
892		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
893	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
894		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
895	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
896		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
897		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
898	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
899		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
900	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
901		HOSTALIASES.
902	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
903		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
904	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
905		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
906		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
907		Oleg Bulyzhin.
908	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
909		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
910		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
911		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
912		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
913	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
914		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
915	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
916		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
917	Portability:
918		Two new compile options have been added:
919			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
920			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
921			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
922		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
923			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
924			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
925			programs to match locking techniques.
926		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
927			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
928		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
929			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
930			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
931			Center for Scientific Computing.
932		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
933		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
934		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
935			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
936			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
937			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
938			from Mark Funkenhauser.
939	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
940		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
941		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
942		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
943	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
944		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
945		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
946		of Northern Illinois University.
947	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
948		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
949		the message using the given reason.
950	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
951		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
952		DNS records than just A.
953	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
954		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
955		connections is maintained.
956	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
957		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
958	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
959		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
960	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
961		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
962		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
963		use the access database to look the pause time based on
964		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
965	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
966		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
967		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
968		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
969		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
970		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
971	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
972		interval when refusing connections for this long.
973	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
974		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
975		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
976	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
977		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
978		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
979	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
980		to follow the naming conventions.
981	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
982		the A= argument.
983	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
984		local_lmtp.
985	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
986		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
987	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
988		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
989		its rules.
990	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
991		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
992		status notifications.
993	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
994	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
995		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
996		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
997	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
998		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
999		doc/op/op.me.
1000	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1001		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1002		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1003	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1004		certificate revocations lists.
1005	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1006		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1007		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1008		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
1009	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1010		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1011		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
1012		for more information.
1013	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1014		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1015		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1016		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
1017		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1018	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1019	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1020		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1021		of LifeLine Networks.
1022	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
1023		Derek J. Balling.
1024	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1025		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1026	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1027		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1028	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1029		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1030		Filters which use this function must include the
1031		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1032	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1033		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1034	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1035		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1036	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1037		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1038		resetting the timeout.
1039	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1040		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1041		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1042	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1043		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1044	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1045		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1046		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1047	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1048		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1049	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1050		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1051	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
1052		from Bryan Costales.
1053	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1054		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1055	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1056		amendments to support header insertion operations.
1057	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1058		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1059		Informations Services.
1060	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1061	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1062		instead of '#'.
1063	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1064		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1065		headers.
1066	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1067		for the auto-response message.
1068	New Files:
1069		CACerts
1070		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1071		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1072		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1073		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1074		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1075		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
1076		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1077		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1078		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1079		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1080		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1081		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1082		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1083		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1084		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1085		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1086		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1087		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1088		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1089		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1090		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1091		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1092		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1093		sendmail/ratectrl.c
1094	Deleted Files:
1095		cf/feature/nodns.m4
1096		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1097		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1098		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1099		libsm/vsprintf.c
1100	Renamed Files:
1101		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1102
11038.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
1104	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
1105		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
1106		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1107	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1108		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1109		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1110		Techfirm, Inc.
1111	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1112		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1113		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1114	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1115		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1116		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1117		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1118	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1119		recipient address also against the printable addresses
1120		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1121		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1122	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1123		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1124		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1125	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1126		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1127	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1128		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
1129		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1130		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1131		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
1132		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1133	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1134		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1135		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1136	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1137		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1138		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1139	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1140		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1141		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
1142		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1143		external application that accesses qf files.
1144	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1145		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1146	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1147		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
1148		Breyha.
1149	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1150		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
1151		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1152		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1153		environment.
1154	Portability:
1155		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1156		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1157			Sun Microsystems.
1158	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1159		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1160	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1161		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1162	New Files:
1163		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1164
11658.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1166	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
1167		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1168		of Courtesan Consulting.
1169	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
1170		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1171		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1172		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1173		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1174	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1175		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1176	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1177	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1178		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1179	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1180		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1181	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1182		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1183		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1184	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1185		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1186	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1187	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1188		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
1189		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1190	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1191		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
1192		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1193	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1194		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1195	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1196		to make sure they match.
1197	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1198		in the kernel.
1199	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1200		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
1201		Bart Duchesne.
1202	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1203		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
1204		Craig Hunt.
1205	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
1206		from Jerome Borsboom.
1207	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1208		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
1209		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1210	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1211		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1212		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1213		after the close() and before the truncate().
1214	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1215		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1216		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1217	Portability:
1218		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1219			of Washington for providing access to a computer
1220			with AIX 5.2.
1221		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
1222			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1223		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1224			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
1225			of Harker Systems.
1226		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
1227			your Linux distribution, compile with
1228			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1229	Added Files:
1230		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
1231
12328.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
1233	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1234		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1235		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1236		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1237		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1238		includes DNS.
1239	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1240		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1241		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
1242		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1243	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1244		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1245		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1246		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1247		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1248		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1249		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1250	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
1251		by Derek Wueppelmann.
1252	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1253		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1254		College London.
1255	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1256		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
1257		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1258	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1259		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1260	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1261	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1262		text file instead of the database map.
1263	Portability:
1264		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1265			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1266			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1267			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1268
12698.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
1270	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1271		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1272		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1273		of ISS X-Force.
1274	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1275		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1276		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1277		Stanford University Compilation Group.
1278	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1279		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1280	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1281		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1282		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1283	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1284		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1285	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1286		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1287		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1288
12898.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
1290	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1291		across various connections.  This could cause session
1292		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1293		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
1294		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1295	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
1296		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
1297		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1298	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1299		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
1300		Erik Parker.
1301	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1302		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1303		is used.
1304	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
1305		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1306	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1307		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1308		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
1309		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1310		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1311	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
1312		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1313	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1314		of 11 or higher.
1315	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1316		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1317	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1318		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1319		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1320		to be run even if Runners=0.
1321	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1322		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1323		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1324	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1325		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1326	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
1327		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1328	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1329		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1330	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
1331		by John Majikes of IBM.
1332	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1333		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1334	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1335		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
1336		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1337	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1338		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1339		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1340	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
1341		noted by Matthias Andree.
1342	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1343		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1344	Portability:
1345		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1346		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1347			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1348			an argument, hence the builtin version of
1349			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
1350			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
1351			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1352		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1353			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1354		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1355			of the TrustedBSD Project.
1356		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1357			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1358		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1359		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1360			Corporation.
1361		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1362	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1363		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1364	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1365		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1366		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1367	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1368		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1369		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1370		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1371		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1372		in the file itself.
1373	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1374		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1375		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1376		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1377	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1378	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1379		relay.
1380	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1381		in access_db.
1382	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1383	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1384		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1385		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1386	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1387		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1388		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1389	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1390		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1391		Sun Microsystems.
1392	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1393		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1394	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1395		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
1396		iDEFENSE, Inc.
1397	New Files:
1398		devtools/OS/Interix
1399		include/sm/bdb.h
1400
14018.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
1402	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1403		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1404		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1405		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1406		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1407	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1408		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1409		Courtesan Consulting.
1410	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1411		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
1412		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1413	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1414		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1415		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1416	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1417		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1418		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
1419		Earickson of Colby College.
1420	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1421		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1422		Courtesan Consulting.
1423	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1424		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1425	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1426		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
1427		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1428	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1429		execve().
1430	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1431		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1432		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1433	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1434		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
1435		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1436		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
1437		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1438	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1439		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1440		supposed for addresses on the header content.
1441	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1442	Portability:
1443		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1444			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
1445			fix from Scott Walters.
1446		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1447		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1448			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1449		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1450			NETISO support has been dropped.
1451	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1452		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1453		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1454		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
1455		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1456		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1457		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
1458		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1459		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1460		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1461		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
1462		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1463		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1464		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1465	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1466		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1467		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1468		University.
1469	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1470		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1471	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1472		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1473	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1474		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1475	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
1476		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1477		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1478	New Files:
1479		contrib/etrn.0
1480
14818.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
1482	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1483		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1484		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
1485		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1486		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
1487		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1488	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1489		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1490		with rogue DNS servers.
1491	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
1492		by Bryan Costales.
1493	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1494		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
1495		Costales.
1496	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1497		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1498		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1499		Polytechnic Institute.
1500	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1501		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1502	Portability:
1503		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1504			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1505			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
1506			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1507		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
1508			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1509			8.13 will change the default locking method to
1510			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
1511			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1512			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
1513			related programs to match locking techniques.
1514
15158.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
1516	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1517		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1518		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1519		section of the top level README for more information.
1520		Problem noted by lumpy.
1521	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1522		instead of 0644.
1523	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1524		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1525		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1526	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1527		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1528		Purdue University.
1529	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
1530		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1531		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1532	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1533		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1534		of Active State.
1535	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1536		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
1537		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1538	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1539		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1540		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
1541		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1542	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1543		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
1544	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
1545		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1546	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1547		or the queue.
1548	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1549		user who started sendmail.
1550	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1551		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
1552		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1553	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1554		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1555		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1556		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1557		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1558	Portability:
1559		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1560			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1561			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1562		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1563			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1564			Charles University in Prague.
1565		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1566			memory.
1567	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1568		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1569	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1570		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1571		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1572	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1573		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1574	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1575		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
1576		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1577		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
1578		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1579	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1580		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
1581		noted by Bryan Costales.
1582	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1583		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1584	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
1585		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1586	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
1587		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1588	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1589		match dnsbl change.
1590	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1591		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1592		installing the sendmail statistics file.
1593	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1594		a user's filter starts other applications.
1595	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1596		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1597	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1598		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1599		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1600	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1601		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1602	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1603		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
1604		noted by Bryan Costales.
1605	New Files:
1606		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1607
16088.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
1609	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1610		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
1611		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1612		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1613		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
1614		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1615		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1616		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
1617		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1618		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1619		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1620		University.
1621	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1622		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1623		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1624		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1625		of INTERMETA.
1626	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1627		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1628	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1629		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1630	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1631		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1632		ActiveState.
1633	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
1634		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1635	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1636		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1637		Northern Illinois University.
1638	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1639		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1640		of Dinoex.
1641	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1642		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1643		Polytechnic Institute.
1644	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1645		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1646		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1647	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1648		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1649		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1650	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1651		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1652	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
1653		patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1654	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1655		missing arguments.
1656	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1657		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1658		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1659	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1660		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1661	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1662		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
1663		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1664	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1665		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
1666		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1667	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1668		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1669		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1670		of Concordia University.
1671	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
1672		found by Mario Nigrovic.
1673	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1674		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
1675		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1676		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1677	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1678		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
1679		Elvers.
1680	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1681		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1682		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1683		total number of TCP connections.
1684	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1685		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1686		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1687	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1688		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1689	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1690		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1691		Texas.
1692	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1693		to 451.
1694	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1695		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
1696		patch by Bryan Costales.
1697	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1698		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1699	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1700		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1701		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1702		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1703		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
1704		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1705		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1706		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1707	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1708		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1709		command).
1710	Portability:
1711		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1712			available.
1713		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
1714			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1715			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1716			Skyrr.
1717		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
1718			noted by John Beck.
1719		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1720		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
1721			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1722	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1723		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
1724		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1725	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1726		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1727		error.
1728	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1729		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
1730		Krzysztof Oledzki.
1731	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1732		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1733	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1734		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1735	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1736		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1737		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1738		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1739		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
1740		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1741	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1742		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
1743		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1744		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1745		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1746		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1747		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1748		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1749	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1750		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
1751		noted by John Beck.
1752	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1753		if queue groups are used.
1754	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1755	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1756	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1757		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1758	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1759	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1760		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
1761		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1762		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1763		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1764		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1765	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1766		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
1767		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1768	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1769		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1770		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1771	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
1772		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1773		ldap_memfree().
1774	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1775		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1776	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
1777		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1778	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
1779		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1780		San Francisco.
1781	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1782	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
1783		Joe Barbish.
1784	New Files:
1785		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1786
17878.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
1788	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1789		at startup, only log an error message.
1790	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1791		following -b) has been specified.
1792	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1793		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
1794		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1795	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1796		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1797		Regensburg.
1798	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1799		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1800		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1801		Institute of Mining and Technology.
1802	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1803		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1804		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1805	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1806		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1807		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1808	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1809		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1810		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1811	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1812		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
1813		SMTP connections.
1814	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
1815		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1816		and Technology.
1817	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1818		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1819		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1820		Meteorological Institute.
1821	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1822		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1823		Online.
1824	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1825		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1826		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1827		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1828		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1829		types, respectively.
1830	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1831		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1832		of Virginia Tech.
1833	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1834		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1835		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1836	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1837		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1838	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1839		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1840	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1841		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1842		of Vienna.
1843	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
1844		of Sun Microsystems.
1845	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1846		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1847		with servers that do not support realms when using
1848		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1849	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1850		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
1851		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1852	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1853		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1854		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1855	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1856	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1857		instead of forcing localhost.
1858	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1859		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1860	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
1861		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1862	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1863		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1864		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1865		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1866		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1867	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1868		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1869	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
1870		Compaq Computer Corp.
1871	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1872		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1873		Tech.
1874	Portability:
1875		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
1876			patch provided by HP.
1877		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1878			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
1879		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
1880			Sachin of Siemens.
1881		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
1882		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
1883			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
1884			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
1885			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
1886		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
1887			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
1888		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
1889			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1890		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
1891			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
1892			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
1893			Hewlett-Packard.
1894		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
1895			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
1896			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1897		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
1898			Virginia Tech.
1899		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
1900			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
1901		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
1902			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1903	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
1904		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
1905		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
1906	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
1907		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1908	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
1909		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
1910		Florida.
1911	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
1912		Altin Waldmann.
1913	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
1914		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
1915		Hewlett-Packard.
1916	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
1917		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
1918		of MSFU.
1919	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
1920		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1921		Institute.
1922	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
1923	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
1924		to free memory twice.
1925	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
1926		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
1927		of Sun Microsystems.
1928	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
1929		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
1930		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
1931		University of Athens.
1932	New Files:
1933		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
1934		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
1935		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
1936		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
1937		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
1938		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
1939		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
1940		libsm/mpeix.c
1941
19428.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
1943	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
1944		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
1945		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
1946		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
1947		found by Michal Zalewski.
1948	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
1949		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
1950		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
1951		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
1952	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
1953		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1954	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
1955		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
1956		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
1957	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
1958		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
1959		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
1960	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
1961		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
1962		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
1963		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
1964		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
1965	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1966		canonical name for a host.
1967	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
1968		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
1969		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
1970		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
1971	Portability:
1972		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
1973			`uname` does not given complete information.
1974			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
1975			Aircraft Company.
1976		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
1977			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
1978		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
1979			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1980			Courtesan Consulting.
1981	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
1982		problems with potential misconfigurations.
1983	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
1984		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
1985		Technology Organisation of Australia.
1986	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
1987		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
1988		then use it.
1989	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
1990		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
1991	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
1992		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1993	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1994		and vacation.
1995	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1996		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
1997		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1998	New Files:
1999		test/Build
2000		test/Makefile
2001		test/Makefile.m4
2002		test/README
2003		test/t_dropgid.c
2004		test/t_setgid.c
2005	Deleted Files:
2006		include/sm/stdio.h
2007		include/sm/sysstat.h
2008
20098.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
2010	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2011		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
2012		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2013		default).  The installation process tries to install
2014		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2015		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2016	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2017		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2018		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2019		flags:
2020			GroupWritableForwardFile
2021			WorldWritableForwardFile
2022			GroupWritableIncludeFile
2023			WorldWritableIncludeFile
2024		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2025	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
2026		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2027		(IdS).
2028	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2029		point where the variable could become overused for more than
2030		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
2031		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
2032		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2033		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2034	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2035		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
2036		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2037		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
2038		see sendmail/SECURITY.
2039	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2040		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2041	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2042		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
2043		sendmail/SECURITY.
2044	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2045		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2046		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2047	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2048		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2049		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
2050		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2051		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2052	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
2053		command has been removed.
2054	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
2055		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2056	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2057		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2058		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
2059		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2060	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2061		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
2062		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2063		supported.
2064	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2065		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
2066		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2067		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2068		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
2069		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2070		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2071		creation rather than just before delivery.
2072	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
2073		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2074		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
2075		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2076		preference matches (coattail).
2077	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2078		try other MX hosts if available.
2079	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2080		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2081	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2082		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
2083		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2084	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2085	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2086		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2087		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2088		removed in future versions.
2089	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2090		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2091	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2092		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
2093		doc/op/op.me for details.
2094	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2095		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2096		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2097		of the presented certificate, respectively.
2098	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2099	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2100		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2101	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2102		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
2103		enough on a per recipient basis.
2104	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2105		for STARTTLS.
2106	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2107		value "NOT".
2108	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2109		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2110	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2111		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2112	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2113		really required.  This change results in a noticable
2114		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
2115		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2116	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2117		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2118	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2119		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2120		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2121		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
2122		command line, then the value also limits the number of
2123		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2124		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2125		by a queue run.
2126	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2127		system each queue directory resides in.
2128	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2129	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2130	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
2131		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2132		collected together) to process the same work list at the
2133		same time.
2134	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2135		active queue runner processes.
2136	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2137		runners per queue group.
2138	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2139		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2140		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2141		of the queue that match during processing.
2142	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2143		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2144		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2145		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2146		persistent queue runner.
2147	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2148		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2149		sendmail -q15m).
2150	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
2151		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2152	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2153		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2154	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2155		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2156	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2157		of the qf file (older entries first).
2158	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2159		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2160		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2161		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2162	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2163		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2164	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
2165		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2166		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2167		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2168		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2169	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
2170		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2171		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2172	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2173		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2174		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
2175		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
2176		details.
2177	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2178		the number of entries in the queue(s).
2179	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
2180		and the usual documentation for details.
2181	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2182	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2183		announced in 8.10.
2184	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
2185	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2186		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
2187		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2188	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2189		-r (number of retries).
2190	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2191		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2192		and value separated by the given separator.
2193	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2194		to map class arith.
2195	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2196		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2197	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2198		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2199	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2200		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
2201		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2202	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2203		filenames with spaces).
2204	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2205	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2206		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2207		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
2208		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
2209		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2210		to the loopback net.
2211	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2212	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
2213		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2214	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2215		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2216	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2217		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2218	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2219		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2220		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2221		Development Group.
2222	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2223		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
2224		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
2225		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2226		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2227		load average is exceeded.
2228	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2229		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2230		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2231		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2232		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2233	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2234	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2235	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
2236		instead.
2237	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2238		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
2239	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2240		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2241		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2242	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2243		for direct (command line) submissions.
2244	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2245		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2246		Hagino of the KAME Project.
2247	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2248		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2249		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2250	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2251		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2252		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2253		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2254	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2255		before logging.
2256	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2257		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2258	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2259	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2260		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2261		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2262	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2263		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2264		of the Universitat Regensburg.
2265	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2266		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2267		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2268		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2269		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2270		See libsm/index.html for details.
2271	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2272		care of by fork() and exit().
2273	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
2274		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2275		new and old (from new libsm).
2276	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2277		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2278	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2279	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2280		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2281		synchronizations calls.
2282	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2283	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2284	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2285		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2286	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2287		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2288		for details.
2289	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2290		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
2291		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2292		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2293	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2294		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2295		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2296	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2297		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
2298		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2299		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2300		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2301		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2302		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2303	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2304		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2305	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2306		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2307	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
2308		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2309		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2310		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2311		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2312		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2313		Urbana-Champaign.
2314	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
2315		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2316	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2317		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2318		connections.
2319	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2320		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2321		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2322		cf/README.
2323	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
2324		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2325		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2326		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
2327		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
2328		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
2329		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2330		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2331		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2332		example).
2333	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2334		the default schema used in the above two items.
2335	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2336		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2337		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2338	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2339		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2340		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2341	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2342		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2343		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2344		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2345		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2346	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2347		HELO/EHLO commands.
2348	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2349		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2350		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2351		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
2352		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2353		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
2354		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2355	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2356		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2357		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2358		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
2359		(verbose) command line option.
2360	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2361		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2362		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2363		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2364	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2365		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2366		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2367	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
2368		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
2369		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2370	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2371		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2372		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2373		British Columbia.
2374	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2375		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2376	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2377		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2378		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2379		if required.
2380	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
2381		class instead.
2382	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2383		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
2384		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2385		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2386	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2387		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
2388	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2389		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
2390		Nelson of IBM.
2391	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2392		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2393		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
2394		their defaults are:
2395		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
2396		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2397		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
2398		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
2399		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
2400		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
2401		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2402	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2403		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2404	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2405		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2406		Meteorological Institute.
2407	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2408		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2409		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2410	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2411		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2412		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2413	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2414		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2415		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
2416		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2417		See sendmail/README for further information.
2418	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2419		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
2420		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2421	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2422		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2423		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2424	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
2425		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2426	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2427		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2428		flora.ca.
2429	Portability:
2430		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2431			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
2432			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2433		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2434			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2435			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2436			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
2437			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2438			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2439		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2440			Solaris 8 and later.
2441		Add support for OpenUNIX.
2442	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2443	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2444	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2445	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2446	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2447		temporary lookup failures.
2448	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2449		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2450		or IP nets.
2451	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2452		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2453		to get through.
2454	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2455		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2456		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
2457		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2458		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2459	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2460		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2461		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2462		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2463	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2464		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2465		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2466	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2467		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2468		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2469	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2470		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2471	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2472		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2473		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2474	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2475		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2476		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2477		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2478		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2479	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2480		cf/README for details.
2481	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2482		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2483		University of Maryland.
2484	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2485		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2486	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2487		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2488		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2489	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2490		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2491		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2492		Solving.
2493	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2494		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2495	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2496		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2497	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2498		immediately.
2499	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2500		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2501		See cf/README for details.
2502	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2503		temporary lookup failures.
2504	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2505		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2506	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2507		memory use.
2508	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2509		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2510		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2511		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
2512		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2513	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2514		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2515	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2516		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2517	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2518		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2519	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2520		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
2521		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
2522		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
2523	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2524	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2525		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2526		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2527		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
2528		additional details.
2529	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2530		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2531		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
2532		information.
2533	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2534		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
2535		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2536	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2537		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
2538		recipients as user unknown.
2539	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2540		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2541		section of cf/README for more information.
2542	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2543		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2544		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2545	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2546		which takes the options as argument and can be used
2547		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2548	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2549		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
2550		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
2551		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
2552		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
2553		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
2554		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
2555		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
2556		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
2557		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
2558		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2559	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2560		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
2561		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
2562		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
2563		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
2564	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2565		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
2566		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
2567		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
2568		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
2569		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
2570		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
2571		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2572		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2573		doc/op/op.me for details.
2574	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2575		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
2576		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2577	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2578		dequote map.
2579	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2580	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2581		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2582	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2583		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
2584		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2585		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2586		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2587		This affects the access database as well as the
2588		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2589	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2590	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2591	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2592		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2593		Mississippi State University.
2594	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2595		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2596	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2597		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2598		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2599	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2600		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2601		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2602	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2603		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2604		systems which don't include cat directories.
2605	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2606	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2607		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
2608		mailbox database type.
2609	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2610		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2611		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
2612		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2613	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2614		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2615	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2616		instead of white space.
2617	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2618		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2619		Meteorological Institute.
2620	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2621	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2622		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2623	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2624		instead of syslog.
2625	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2626		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
2627		to specify the database and message file since there is no
2628		home directory for the default settings for these options.
2629	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2630		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2631		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
2632		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2633	New Directories:
2634		libmilter/docs
2635	New Files:
2636		cf/cf/README
2637		cf/cf/submit.cf
2638		cf/cf/submit.mc
2639		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2640		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2641		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2642		cf/feature/msp.m4
2643		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2644		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2645		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2646		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2647		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2648		cf/sendmail.schema
2649		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2650		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2651		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2652		editmap/*
2653		include/sm/*
2654		libsm/*
2655		libsmutil/cf.c
2656		libsmutil/err.c
2657		sendmail/SECURITY
2658		sendmail/TUNING
2659		sendmail/bf.c
2660		sendmail/bf.h
2661		sendmail/sasl.c
2662		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2663		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2664		sendmail/tls.c
2665	Deleted Files:
2666		cf/feature/rbl.m4
2667		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
2668		devtools/OS/AIX.2
2669		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2670		include/sendmail/errstring.h
2671		include/sendmail/useful.h
2672		libsmutil/errstring.c
2673		sendmail/bf_portable.c
2674		sendmail/bf_portable.h
2675		sendmail/bf_torek.c
2676		sendmail/bf_torek.h
2677		sendmail/clock.c
2678	Renamed Files:
2679		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2680		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2681		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2682
26838.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
2684	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2685		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2686		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2687		of ISS X-Force.
2688	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2689		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2690		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2691		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2692		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2693		includes DNS.
2694	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2695		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2696		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
2697		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2698	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2699		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2700		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2701		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2702		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2703		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2704		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2705	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2706		across various connections.  This could cause session
2707		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2708		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
2709		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2710	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2711		canonical name for a host.
2712	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2713	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2714		or the queue.
2715	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2716		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2717		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2718		Polytechnic Institute.
2719	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2720		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2721		Purdue University.
2722	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2723		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2724		Texas.
2725	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2726		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2727		error.
2728	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2729		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2730	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2731		and vacation.
2732	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2733		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2734	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2735		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2736		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2737	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2738		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2739		Sun Microsystems.
2740	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2741		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
2742		iDEFENSE, Inc.
2743
27448.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
2745	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2746		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
2747		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2748	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
2749		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2750		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2751		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
2752		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2753	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2754		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
2755		Werner Wiethege.
2756	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
2757		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2758
27598.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
2760	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2761		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
2762		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2763		of SE Netway Communications.
2764	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2765		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2766	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2767		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2768		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
2769		Bosserman of EarthLink.
2770	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2771		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2772	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2773		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2774		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2775		University College.
2776	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
2777		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2778	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2779		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2780		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2781		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2782		University at Albany.
2783	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2784		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2785	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2786		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2787		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2788		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2789	Portability:
2790		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
2791			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2792		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2793			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2794		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2795			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2796		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
2797			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2798	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2799		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2800
28018.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
2802	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2803		corruption and other potential race conditions.
2804		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2805		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
2806		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
2807		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2808	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2809		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2810		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2811	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2812		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2813		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2814	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
2815		from Kenji Miyake.
2816	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2817		QueueDirectory wildcards.
2818	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2819		the same map again while exiting.
2820	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2821		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2822		of Tuebingen.
2823	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2824		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2825		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2826		Oklahoma State University.
2827	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2828		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2829		InTouch Systems, Inc.
2830	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2831		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2832		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2833		Morgan Stanley.
2834	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2835		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
2836		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2837	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
2838		from Werner Wiethege.
2839	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2840		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
2841	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2842		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2843		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2844		Internet Services.
2845	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
2846		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2847	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
2848		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2849	Portability:
2850		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2851	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2852		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2853	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2854	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2855		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2856		Meteorological Institute.
2857	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2858		since it generates random process ids.
2859	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2860		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2861		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2862	New Files:
2863		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2864
28658.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
2866	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2867		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2868		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2869		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2870	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2871		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2872		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2873		communications consulting gmbh.
2874	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2875		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2876	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2877		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2878		connection came in from the command line.
2879	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
2880		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
2881		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2882	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
2883		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
2884	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
2885		when they were committed.
2886	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
2887		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
2888	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
2889		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
2890		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
2891		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
2892	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
2893		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2894		University.
2895	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
2896		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
2897		accept() completes.
2898	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
2899		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
2900	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
2901		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
2902		Wellcome.
2903	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
2904		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
2905		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2906		University.
2907	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
2908		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
2909		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
2910		University of New Brunswick.
2911	Portability:
2912		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
2913			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
2914			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
2915		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
2916			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2917		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
2918			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
2919			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2920		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
2921			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
2922			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
2923	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
2924		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
2925	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
2926		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2927	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
2928		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
2929		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
2930		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2931		Institute.
2932	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
2933		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
2934		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2935	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
2936		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
2937	Renamed Files:
2938		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
2939
29408.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
2941	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
2942		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
2943		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
2944		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2945		Schools" project (IdS).
2946	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
2947		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
2948		be enabled by compiling with:
2949		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
2950		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
2951		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2952	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
2953		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
2954	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
2955		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
2956		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
2957		Colby College.
2958	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
2959		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
2960	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
2961		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
2962		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
2963		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
2964	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
2965		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
2966		NxNetworks, Inc.
2967	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
2968		client name.
2969	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
2970		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
2971		the Universitat Regensburg.
2972	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
2973		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
2974		University of Arizona.
2975	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
2976		of Collective Technologies.
2977	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
2978		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
2979		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
2980		Engineering.
2981	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
2982		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2983		Meteorological Institute.
2984	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2985		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2986	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2987		Meteorological Institute.
2988	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
2989		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
2990		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
2991		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2992	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
2993		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
2994		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
2995	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
2996		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
2997		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2998	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
2999		overall connections, not the number of connections per
3000		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
3001		counting.
3002	Portability:
3003		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3004			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
3005			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3006		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3007			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3008		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
3009			Rosenman.
3010		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3011			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3012		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3013			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3014			of Pacific Access.
3015		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
3016			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3017		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3018			Microsystems.
3019	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3020		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3021		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3022	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
3023		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3024	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3025		implicitly assume canonical host names.
3026	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
3027		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3028	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3029		Virginia Tech.
3030	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3031		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
3032		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3033	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3034	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
3035		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3036		gmbh.
3037	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
3038		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3039	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3040		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3041		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3042		of Kyoto University.
3043	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
3044		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3045		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3046		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
3047		version.
3048	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3049		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3050		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3051	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3052	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3053		or *-owner.
3054	New Files:
3055		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
3056		contrib/buildvirtuser
3057		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
3058
30598.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
3060	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3061		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3062	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3063		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
3064		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3065		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3066		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3067	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3068		wildcards.
3069	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3070		process may close the connection before the child process
3071		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3072		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3073		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3074	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3075		read the LDAP secret from a file.
3076	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3077		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3078		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3079		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3080	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3081		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3082		of EarthLink.
3083	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3084	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3085		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
3086		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3087	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
3088		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3089	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3090		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
3091		Fournier of Acadia University.
3092	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3093		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
3094		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3095		one of the others may be able to take over.
3096	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3097		previous load average query result.
3098	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3099		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3100		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
3101		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3102	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3103		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3104	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3105		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
3106		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3107	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3108		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3109	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3110		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
3111		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3112	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
3113		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3114	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3115		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3116		University of British Columbia.
3117	Portability:
3118		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3119			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3120			override the setting.  Suggested by
3121			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3122		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3123			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
3124			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3125		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3126			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3127			College.
3128		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
3129			Tom Moore of NCR.
3130		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
3131			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3132		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
3133			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
3134			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3135		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3136			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3137			Consulting.
3138	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3139		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3140	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3141		errors in the MAIL address.
3142	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
3143		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3144	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3145		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3146	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3147		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
3148		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
3149		Ericsson.
3150	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3151		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3152		mailer as described in cf/README.
3153	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3154		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3155	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3156		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3157	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3158		sendmail.
3159	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3160		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3161		Meteorological Institute.
3162	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3163	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3164		dot as the only character on the line.
3165	New Files:
3166		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3167
31688.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
3169	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3170		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3171		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3172		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
3173		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3174		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
3175		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3176	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3177		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
3178		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3179		Systems in this category should compile with
3180		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3181		system and report broken implementations to
3182		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
3183		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3184	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3185		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3186		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3187	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3188		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3189		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
3190		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3191	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3192		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3193		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
3194		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3195	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3196		random data.
3197	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3198		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3199		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3200	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3201		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
3202		Martin of CMU.
3203	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3204		strength factor.
3205	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3206		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
3207		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
3208		of CMU.
3209	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3210		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3211		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3212	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
3213		documented, unless a family is specified in a
3214		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
3215		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3216		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3217		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3218		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
3219		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3220	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3221		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3222		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3223		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3224		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
3225		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3226	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3227		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
3228		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
3229		of Sun Microsystems.
3230	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3231		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3232		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
3233		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3234		the incoming information in the queue file for later
3235		delivery attempts.
3236	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3237		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3238		smoe.org.
3239	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3240		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
3241		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3242	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3243		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3244	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3245		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3246		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
3247		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3248	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3249		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
3250		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3251	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3252		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3253		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3254		of Northern Illinois University.
3255	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
3256		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3257	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3258		to kilobyte units.
3259	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3260		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3261		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3262		Polytechnic.
3263	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3264		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3265		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
3266		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3267	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3268		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3269		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3270	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3271		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3272	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3273		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3274		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3275	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3276		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3277		G. Thomas Consulting.
3278	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3279		port number (113).
3280	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3281		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3282	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3283		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
3284		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3285	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3286		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3287		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3288		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3289	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3290		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3291		University of Mainz.
3292	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3293		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3294	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
3295		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3296	Portability:
3297		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3298			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
3299			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3300		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3301		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3302			work properly causing problems if the accept()
3303			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
3304			from Tom Moore of NCR.
3305		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
3306			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3307		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3308			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
3309			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3310			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3311			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3312	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3313		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3314	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3315		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
3316		confCACERT			CACERTFile
3317		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
3318		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
3319		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
3320		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
3321		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
3322		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
3323	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3324		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
3325		cf/README for more information.
3326	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3327	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3328		called due to a STARTTLS command.
3329	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3330		instead of temporary.
3331	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3332		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3333		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3334		Consulting.
3335	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3336		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
3337		RootsWeb.com.
3338	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3339		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3340		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3341		University of Maryland.
3342	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
3343		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3344	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3345		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3346		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3347		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3348		of the University of Alberta.
3349	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3350		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3351	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3352	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3353		of X.509 certificates.
3354	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
3355		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3356		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
3357		Universitat Regensburg.
3358	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3359		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3360	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3361		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3362	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3363		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3364	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3365		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3366		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3367	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3368		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3369	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3370		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3371		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3372		University.
3373	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3374	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3375		links.
3376	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3377		reported.
3378	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3379		Denman Tire Corporation.
3380	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3381		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3382	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3383	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3384		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
3385	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
3386		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3387	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3388		have a From line.
3389	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3390		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3391	Added Files:
3392		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
3393		contrib/cidrexpand
3394		contrib/link_hash.sh
3395		contrib/movemail.conf
3396		contrib/movemail.pl
3397		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3398		test/t_snprintf.c
3399
34008.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
3401	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3402		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3403		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3404		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
3405		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3406	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3407		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3408	Added Files:
3409		test/t_setuid.c
3410
34118.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
3412	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3413		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3414		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
3415		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3416		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
3417		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3418	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3419		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3420	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3421	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3422		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
3423		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3424	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3425		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
3426		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3427	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
3428		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3429	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3430	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3431		or higher.
3432	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3433		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3434	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3435	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3436		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3437		Polytechnic Institute.
3438	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3439		discards the message.
3440	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3441		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3442		attempted to the alias.
3443	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3444		flag options.
3445	Portability:
3446		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3447			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3448			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
3449			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
3450			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3451		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
3452			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3453		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3454			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3455		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3456		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3457			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3458		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3459			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3460			Services, LLC.
3461		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3462			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
3463			Courtesan Consulting.
3464		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
3465			Siemens Business Services.
3466	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3467		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3468		of WSRCC.
3469	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3470	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3471		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3472	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3473		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3474	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3475	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3476		of NEC.
3477	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3478		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3479	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3480		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3481		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3482		Virginia Tech.
3483	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3484		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3485		University.
3486	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3487		for other internal projects but included in the open source
3488		release.
3489	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3490		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3491		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
3492		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3493	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3494		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3495		Sendmail.
3496	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3497		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
3498		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3499	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3500		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
3501	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
3502		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3503		Northern Illinois University.
3504	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3505		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3506		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
3507		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3508	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3509		Polytechnique de Montreal.
3510	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3511		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3512		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3513	Added Files:
3514		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3515		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3516	Deleted Files:
3517		contrib/converting.sun.configs
3518	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3519		doc/intro
3520		doc/usenix
3521		doc/changes
3522
35238.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
3524	    *************************************************************
3525	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
3526	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
3527	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
3528	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
3529	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
3530	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
3531	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
3532	    * coach, and a friend.					*
3533	    *								*
3534	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
3535	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
3536	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
3537	    *************************************************************
3538	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3539		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3540		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3541		symbolic link target.
3542	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3543		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3544		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3545	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3546		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3547		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3548		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
3549		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3550		version of sendmail.
3551	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3552		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
3553		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3554		(IdS).
3555	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
3556		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
3557	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3558		for easier code sharing among the programs.
3559	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
3560		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3561		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3562		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3563		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3564		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3565	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3566		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3567		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3568		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3569	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3570		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3571		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3572	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3573		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3574		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3575	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3576		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
3577		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3578		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3579		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3580		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3581	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
3582		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3583		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3584	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3585		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3586		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
3587		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3588		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
3589		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3590	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3591		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3592		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3593		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3594	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3595		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3596		accordingly.
3597	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3598		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3599		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
3600		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3601		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
3602		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3603		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3604	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3605		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3606		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3607		InCert Software.
3608	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3609		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3610		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
3611	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3612		a control socket request.
3613	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3614		settings:
3615		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3616			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3617			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3618			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3619		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3620			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3621			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3622		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3623			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3624			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3625			delivery attempt.
3626		Timeout.resolver.retry
3627			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3628			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3629			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3630		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3631			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3632			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3633		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3634			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3635			query for all resolver lookups except the first
3636			delivery attempt.
3637		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3638	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
3639		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
3640		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3641		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3642		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
3643		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3644		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
3645		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3646		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
3647		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3648	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3649		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3650		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3651		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
3652		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3653		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3654		Telecommunications Ltd.
3655	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3656		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3657		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
3658		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
3659		Inc.
3660	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3661		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3662		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3663	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3664		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3665	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
3666		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3667		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3668	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3669		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3670	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3671	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3672		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3673		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3674	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3675		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3676		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3677	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3678		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3679		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3680		Ltd.
3681	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3682		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
3683		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
3684		example mailer might be:
3685			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3686				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3687				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3688		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3689	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
3690		instead.
3691	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3692		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3693		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3694		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3695	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3696		flags.
3697	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3698		body of the original message on delivery status
3699		notifications.
3700	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
3701		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3702	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3703		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
3704		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3705	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
3706		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
3707		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3708	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
3709		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3710		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
3711		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3712	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
3713		Conwell of Boston University.
3714	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
3715		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3716	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3717		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3718		@Home Network.
3719	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3720		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
3721		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3722	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3723		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3724		similar to check_rcpt etc.
3725	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3726		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3727		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3728		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3729		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3730	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3731		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
3732		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3733	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3734		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
3735		Mathias Herberts.
3736	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3737		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3738		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3739		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3740		in check_compat).
3741	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3742		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3743		option.
3744	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3745	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3746		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3747	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3748		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3749	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3750	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3751		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3752	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3753		is set.
3754	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3755		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3756	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3757		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
3758		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3759	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3760	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3761	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3762		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
3763		a denial-of-service attack.
3764	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3765		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
3766		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3767		overflow attacks.
3768	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3769		alias recursion.
3770	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3771	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3772	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3773		directly before the newline.
3774	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3775		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3776		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
3777		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3778		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3779		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
3780		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3781		could not be opened.
3782	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
3783		value of this option is macro expanded.
3784	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3785		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3786	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3787		(along with the already existing macros):
3788		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
3789		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3790		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3791		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3792		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3793		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
3794		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3795	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3796		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3797		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
3798		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3799		loopback net.
3800	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3801		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3802		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3803	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3804		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3805		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
3806		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3807		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3808	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
3809		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3810		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
3811		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3812		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3813	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3814		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3815		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
3816		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3817	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3818		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3819		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
3820		Ericsson.
3821	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3822		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
3823		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
3824		of Ericsson.
3825	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3826		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
3827		of Renaissance Internet Services.
3828	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3829		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3830		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3831	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3832		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3833		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
3834		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3835	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3836		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
3837	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3838		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3839	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3840		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3841		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3842	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3843	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3844		equate name.
3845	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3846		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3847	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3848		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3849	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3850		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
3851		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
3852		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3853		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3854		David Cooley of Colby College.
3855	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3856		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
3857		already decided the message will be passed to another host
3858		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3859		Buckeridge Young Limited.
3860	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3861		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3862		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
3863		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
3864		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3865		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
3866		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3867		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
3868		of Stanford University.
3869	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
3870		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3871	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3872		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3873		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
3874		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
3875		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3876		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3877		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3878	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
3879		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
3880		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
3881		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3882	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
3883	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
3884		attributes found in the match will be returned.
3885	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
3886		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
3887		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
3888		comma separated key and value strings.
3889	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
3890		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
3891		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
3892		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
3893		a single connection to that host.
3894	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
3895	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
3896		LDAP lookups.
3897	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
3898		resources.
3899	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
3900	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
3901	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
3902		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
3903		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
3904		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
3905		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
3906		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
3907		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
3908		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
3909		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
3910		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
3911		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
3912		with the name "*".
3913	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
3914		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
3915		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
3916		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
3917		matches to return.
3918	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
3919		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
3920		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
3921		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
3922		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
3923		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
3924		are defined.
3925	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
3926		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
3927		Tech.
3928	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
3929		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
3930		important if you have large classes.
3931	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
3932		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
3933		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3934	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
3935		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
3936		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
3937		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
3938		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
3939		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3940	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
3941		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
3942		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
3943		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
3944		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
3945		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
3946		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
3947		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
3948	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
3949		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
3950		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
3951		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
3952		has no effect.
3953	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
3954		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3955	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
3956		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3957	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
3958		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
3959	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
3960		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
3961	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
3962		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
3963		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
3964		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
3965		connection-based denial of service attacks.
3966	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
3967		10 or higher.
3968	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
3969		information (from= syslog line).
3970	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
3971		equate (dsn=).
3972	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
3973	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
3974		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
3975		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3976	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
3977		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3978		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3979	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
3980		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3981	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
3982		the program as the default user and the default group, not
3983		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
3984		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
3985		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
3986		Popovici of DNT Romania.
3987	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
3988		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
3989		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
3990	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
3991		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
3992		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
3993	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
3994		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
3995		helpful to know the sender of the message.
3996	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
3997		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3998	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
3999		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4000		multiple files.
4001	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4002		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4003		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4004		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4005		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4006		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
4007		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4008		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
4009		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4010	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4011		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4012	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4013		length before the attempt.
4014	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4015		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
4016		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4017		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
4018		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4019	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4020		host status files, not all files.
4021	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4022		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4023		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4024		Wonderworks Inc.
4025	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4026		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
4027		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4028		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4029		of Hannover.
4030	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
4031		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4032		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4033		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
4034		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4035		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4036	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4037		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4038		flag:
4039			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4040		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4041		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4042		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4043	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4044		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
4045		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4046		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
4047		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4048		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4049		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4050	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4051		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
4052		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4053		version.
4054	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4055	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4056	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4057		if referencing a named ruleset.
4058	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4059		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4060	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4061		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
4062		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
4063		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4064		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
4065		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
4066		the University of Maryland.
4067	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4068		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4069	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4070		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
4071	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4072		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4073		COMMANDS).
4074	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4075		but for outgoing connections.
4076	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4077		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4078			a	require authentication
4079			b	bind to interface through which mail has
4080				been received
4081			c	perform hostname canonification
4082			f	require fully qualified hostname
4083			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4084				command
4085			C	don't perform hostname canonification
4086			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4087	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4088			h	use name of interface for HELO command
4089	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4090	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4091		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4092		Institutes of Health.
4093	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4094		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4095	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4096	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
4097		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4098	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4099	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4100		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4101	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4102		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4103	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4104		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
4105		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4106	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4107		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4108		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4109	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4110	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4111		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4112		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4113	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4114		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
4115		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4116		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
4117		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4118	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4119		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4120		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4121		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4122		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4123		timeout.
4124	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4125		interface address structure when loading the system network
4126		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4127		Nanoteq.
4128	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4129		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4130		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
4131		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
4132		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4133	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4134		on load average.
4135	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4136		Northern Illinois University.
4137	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4138		envelope splitting has occurred.
4139	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4140		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4141	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4142	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4143		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4144		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4145		Institute.
4146	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4147		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
4148		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4149	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4150		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4151		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
4152		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4153	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4154		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4155	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4156		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4157	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4158		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4159	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
4160		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4161	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4162		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4163		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4164		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4165	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4166		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4167	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
4168		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4169	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4170		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4171		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4172		University.
4173	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4174		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4175		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4176	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4177		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
4178		ruleset lines as well.
4179	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4180		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4181		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
4182		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4183		Institute.
4184	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4185		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4186		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4187	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4188		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4189		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4190		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4191	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4192		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4193		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4194		of Ericsson.
4195	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4196		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4197		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4198		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4199	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4200		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4201		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
4202		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4203		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4204	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4205		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4206		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
4207		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4208	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4209		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
4210		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4211		University.
4212	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4213		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4214		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4215		'sendmail -bs'.
4216	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4217		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4218		them in the .cf file.
4219	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4220		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4221		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4222		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4223	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4224		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4225	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4226		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
4227		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4228	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4229		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4230		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
4231		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
4232		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4233	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
4234		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4235	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4236		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
4237		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4238	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
4239		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4240	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4241		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4242		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
4243	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4244		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
4245		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4246	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4247		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
4248		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
4249		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4250	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4251		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
4252		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
4253		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4254		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
4255		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4256	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4257		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
4258		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4259		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
4260		don't fail on ANY queries.
4261	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4262		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4263		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4264		Northern Illinois University.
4265	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4266		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4267		State University.
4268	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4269		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4270		Northern Illinois University.
4271	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4272		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4273	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4274	Portability:
4275		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4276			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4277			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4278			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
4279			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4280		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4281			This allows network interface probing to work
4282			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
4283			University of Iowa.
4284		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4285		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4286			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4287			name.
4288		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4289		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4290			Virginia Tech.
4291		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4292		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4293			Amsterdam.
4294		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4295		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4296			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4297		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4298			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4299			in building the operating system.  Users can
4300			override the defaults by setting confCC and
4301			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4302		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4303		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4304		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4305			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4306		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4307			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4308		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4309			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4310		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4311			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4312		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
4313			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4314		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4315			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4316			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4317		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4318		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4319			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
4320			use that value in conf.h.
4321		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
4322			BITart Consulting.
4323		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4324			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4325			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4326			Computer, Inc.
4327		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
4328			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4329			of E I A.
4330		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4331			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4332		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4333			fchown(2).
4334		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4335			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
4336		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4337			srandomdev(3).
4338		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4339			setlogin(2).
4340		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4341			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
4342			Siemens Business Services.
4343		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4344			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4345			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4346		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
4347			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4348		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4349			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4350			Aerospace.
4351		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4352			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4353			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4354		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4355			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4356			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4357			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4358			University.
4359		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
4360			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4361			Technology Information Network.
4362		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
4363			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4364		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4365		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4366			and OpenBSD.
4367		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4368			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
4369			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
4370			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4371	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
4372		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
4373		details.
4374	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4375		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4376	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4377	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4378		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4379		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4380	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
4381		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
4382		Courtesan Consulting.
4383	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4384	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4385		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4386		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4387	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4388		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4389		multiple times.
4390	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4391		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4392		with From:).
4393	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4394		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4395	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4396		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
4397		new functionality.
4398	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4399		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
4400		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
4401		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
4402		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
4403		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
4404		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
4405		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
4406		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
4407		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
4408		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
4409		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
4410		confPID_FILE			PidFile
4411		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
4412		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
4413		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
4414		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
4415		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4416		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4417		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
4418		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4419		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4420		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
4421		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
4422	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4423		which takes the options as argument and can be used
4424		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4425	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4426		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4427		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
4428		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4429		to "IPC $h".
4430	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4431		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4432		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4433	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4434		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
4435		value should be changed with care.
4436	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4437		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4438	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4439		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4440		complain.
4441	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4442		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
4443		of Q7 Enterprises.
4444	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4445		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4446		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4447		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4448	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4449		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4450		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4451		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4452		of Northern Illinois University.
4453	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4454		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4455		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4456	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4457		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4458		in it.
4459	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4460		in class 'P' ($=P).
4461	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4462		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4463		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4464		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
4465		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4466		is added.
4467	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4468		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4469	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4470		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4471	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4472		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4473	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
4474		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4475	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4476		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4477	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
4478		Hubert of University of Washington.
4479	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4480		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
4481		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4482	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4483	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4484		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
4485		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4486	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
4487		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4488		Services.
4489	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4490		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4491		Aerospace.
4492	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4493		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4494		University and Brian Candler.
4495	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4496		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4497	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4498		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4499		Institute.
4500	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4501		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4502	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4503		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4504		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4505	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4506		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4507	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4508		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4509		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4510	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4511		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
4512		Willamette Industries, Inc.
4513	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4514		converted to <user@d>
4515	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4516		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4517	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4518		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4519		performed.
4520	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4521		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4522		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4523		Institute.
4524	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4525		be accessed by their numbers).
4526	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4527		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4528		of an address.
4529	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4530		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4531		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4532		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4533	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4534		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4535		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4536	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4537		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4538	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4539	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4540		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4541		Institute.
4542	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4543	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4544		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4545		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
4546		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4547	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4548		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4549		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4550	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4551		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4552	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4553		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4554	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4555		University of California at Berkeley.
4556	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4557		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4558	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
4559		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4560	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4561		Corporation UK.
4562	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4563	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4564		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4565		Yale University.
4566	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4567		be used for building.
4568	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4569		used for a fresh build.
4570	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4571	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4572		ranlib.
4573	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4574		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4575	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4576		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
4577		Costales.
4578	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4579		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4580		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4581		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4582	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
4583		of Siemens Business Services.
4584	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4585		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4586		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
4587		torek.
4588	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4589		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4590		They should contain the C source files for the object files
4591		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
4592		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4593	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4594		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
4595		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4596		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4597		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4598	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
4599		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4600		are in devtools/README.
4601	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4602		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4603	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4604		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
4605		new variable which identifies the root of the source
4606		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4607	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4608		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4609		macro.
4610	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4611	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4612		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4613		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4614		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4615		Corporation.
4616	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4617		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4618		confMANROOTMAN.
4619	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4620		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
4621		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4622	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4623		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4624		Communications.
4625	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4626		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4627	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4628		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
4629		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4630	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4631		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4632		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4633	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4634		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
4635		install-strip target.
4636	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4637		the others (if it exists).
4638	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4639		then the default ones.
4640	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
4641		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4642		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4643		to set the S flag.
4644	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4645		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4646		Northern Illinois University.
4647	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4648		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4649		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4650	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4651		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
4652		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4653		University.
4654	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4655		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4656		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4657		University.
4658	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4659		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
4660		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4661		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4662		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4663		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4664		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4665		University.
4666	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4667		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4668		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4669	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4670		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4671		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4672		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
4673		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4674		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4675		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4676		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4677		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4678		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4679		Alcatel Australia Limited.
4680	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4681		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
4682		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4683	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4684		timeout to avoid starvation.
4685	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4686		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4687		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4688	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4689	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4690		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4691		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4692		of Maryland.
4693	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4694		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4695		sendmail configuration file.
4696	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4697		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4698		option.
4699	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
4700		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4701	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
4702		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4703	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
4704		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4705	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4706		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4707	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4708		Corporation UK.
4709	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4710		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4711		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
4712		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4713	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4714		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4715		Institute for Global Communications.
4716	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4717		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
4718		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4719	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4720		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
4721		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4722	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
4723		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4724		of the Institute for Global Communications.
4725	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
4726		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4727	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4728	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
4729		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4730	Changed Files:
4731		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4732			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
4733			which execute the actual Build script in
4734			devtools/bin.
4735		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4736			-mandoc as they were previously.
4737		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4738			of Build will work (unless parameters are
4739			required for Build).
4740	New Directories:
4741		devtools/M4/UNIX
4742		include
4743		libmilter
4744		libsmdb
4745		libsmutil
4746		vacation
4747	Renamed Directories:
4748		BuildTools => devtools
4749		src => sendmail
4750	Deleted Files:
4751		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
4752		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4753		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4754		devtools/OS/SINIX
4755		sendmail/ldap_map.h
4756	New Files:
4757		INSTALL
4758		PGPKEYS
4759		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4760		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4761		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4762		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
4763		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4764		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4765		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4766		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4767		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
4768		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
4769		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
4770		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4771		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4772		contrib/domainmap.m4
4773		contrib/qtool.8
4774		contrib/qtool.pl
4775		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4776		devtools/M4/list.m4
4777		devtools/M4/string.m4
4778		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4779		devtools/M4/switch.m4
4780		devtools/OS/Darwin
4781		devtools/OS/GNU
4782		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4783		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4784		devtools/OS/m88k
4785		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4786		mail.local/Makefile
4787		mailstats/Makefile
4788		makemap/Makefile
4789		praliases/Makefile
4790		rmail/Makefile
4791		sendmail/Makefile
4792		sendmail/bf.h
4793		sendmail/bf_portable.c
4794		sendmail/bf_portable.h
4795		sendmail/bf_torek.c
4796		sendmail/bf_torek.h
4797		sendmail/shmticklib.c
4798		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4799		sendmail/timers.c
4800		sendmail/timers.h
4801		smrsh/Makefile
4802		vacation/Makefile
4803	Renamed Files:
4804		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4805		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4806		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4807		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4808		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4809		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4810		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4811		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4812		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4813	Copied Files:
4814		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4815
48168.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
4817	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4818		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4819		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4820		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4821		Schools" project (IdS).
4822	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4823		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
4824		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
4825		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4826	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4827		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
4828		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
4829		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4830	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4831		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4832		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4833		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4834	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4835		ExecPC Internet Systems.
4836	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4837		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4838		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4839		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
4840		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4841		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4842	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4843		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
4844		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4845		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4846	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4847		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4848		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4849		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4850	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4851		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4852	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4853		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
4854		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4855		group of the IETF.
4856	Portability:
4857		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4858			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
4859			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4860			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
4861			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
4862			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4863			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4864			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4865			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4866			Technical University of Denmark.
4867		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4868			Supercomputer Center.
4869		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4870			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4871			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4872			of Stanford University.
4873		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4874			between different releases.  Back out the
4875			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4876			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4877			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4878			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
4879		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
4880			of Siemens/SNI.
4881		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4882	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
4883		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
4884		University of Brno.
4885	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
4886		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
4887		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4888	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
4889		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
4890		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4891	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
4892		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
4893	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
4894		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
4895		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4896	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
4897		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
4898		MIDS Europe.
4899	New Files:
4900		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
4901		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4902		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
4903
49048.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
4905	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
4906		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
4907		for a denial of service attack.
4908	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
4909		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4910	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
4911		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4912		Corporation UK.
4913	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
4914		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
4915	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
4916		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
4917	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
4918		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
4919		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
4920		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
4921		Internet Services.
4922	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
4923		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
4924		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
4925		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
4926	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
4927		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
4928		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4929	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
4930		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4931	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
4932		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
4933		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
4934	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
4935		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4936		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4937	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
4938		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
4939		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
4940		Internet Services.
4941	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
4942		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
4943		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
4944	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
4945		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
4946		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
4947		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
4948		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
4949		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
4950		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
4951		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
4952		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
4953		extended testing.
4954	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
4955		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
4956	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
4957		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
4958		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
4959		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4960	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
4961		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
4962		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
4963		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4964		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4965	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
4966		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
4967		Network.
4968	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
4969		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
4970	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
4971		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
4972		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
4973		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
4974		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4975	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
4976		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
4977		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
4978	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
4979		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
4980	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
4981		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
4982		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
4983		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
4984		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4985	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
4986		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4987		Meteorological Institute.
4988	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4989	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
4990		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
4991	Portability:
4992		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4993		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
4994			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
4995			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
4996		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
4997			reading network interface addresses into
4998			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
4999			Cal State University, Chico.
5000		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5001			from changing the semantics of the compiled
5002			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
5003			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5004		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
5005			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5006		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5007		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
5008			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5009		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5010		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5011			of Sun Microsystems.
5012		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
5013			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5014		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
5015			of Bits Co., Ltd.
5016		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
5017			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5018		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
5019			of E I A.
5020		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5021			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5022			Information Center.
5023		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5024			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5025			Institute.
5026		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
5027			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5028	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5029		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
5030		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5031	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5032		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5033		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
5034		Manawatu Internet Services.
5035	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5036		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5037		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
5038		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5039		of Northern Illinois University.
5040	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
5041		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5042		Kiel.
5043	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5044		Dot Com.
5045	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
5046		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5047		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5048	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5049		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5050		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5051		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5052		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5053		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5054	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5055		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5056	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
5057		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5058	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
5059		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5060	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5061		the envelope From header.
5062	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5063		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5064	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5065		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5066	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5067		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5068		Portal Services, Inc.
5069	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5070		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
5071		Sun Microsystems.
5072	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5073	New Files:
5074		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5075		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5076		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5077		contrib/smcontrol.pl
5078		src/control.c
5079
50808.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
5081	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5082		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5083		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5084		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5085	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5086		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5087		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5088		Meteorological Institute.
5089	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5090		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
5091		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5092	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5093		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
5094		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
5095		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5096	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5097		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5098	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5099		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5100	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5101		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5102		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5103	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5104		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5105		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5106		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5107	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5108		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
5109		Flextech TV.
5110	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5111		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
5112		DaveLtd Enterprises.
5113	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5114		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
5115		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5116		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5117	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
5118		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5119	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
5120		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5121	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5122		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5123		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5124	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5125		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5126		University.
5127	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5128		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
5129		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5130		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5131		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5132		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5133	Portability:
5134		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5135			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5136			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5137			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5138		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
5139			of BSDI.
5140		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
5141			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5142			PICT Inc.
5143		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
5144			J. P. McCann of E I A.
5145		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
5146			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
5147	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5148		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5149		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5150		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5151	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5152		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5153		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5154	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5155		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
5156		would not accept @@hostname.
5157	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5158		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5159	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5160		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
5161		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5162	New Files:
5163		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5164
51658.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
5166	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5167		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5168		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5169		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
5170		which need the ability to override security can use the
5171		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
5172		information.
5173	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5174		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5175		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5176		world writable directories.
5177	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5178		it is in a world writable directory.
5179	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5180		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5181		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
5182		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5183		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5184	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5185		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5186		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5187	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5188		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5189		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
5190		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5191		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5192		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
5193		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5194		default.
5195	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5196		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5197		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5198		the University of Maryland.
5199	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
5200		of Cal State University, Chico.
5201	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
5202		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5203		current version of Berkeley DB.
5204	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5205		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5206	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5207		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5208		of Maryland.
5209	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5210		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5211		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
5212		Microsystems.
5213	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5214		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5215		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
5216		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5217	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5218		mail.local on the F=z flag.
5219	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
5220		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5221		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
5222		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5223	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5224		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5225		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5226		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5227		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5228	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5229		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5230		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5231		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5232	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5233		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
5234		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5235	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
5236		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5237		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5238	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5239		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5240		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
5241		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5242		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5243		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5244		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
5245		relaying entirely.
5246	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5247		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5248		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5249		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5250	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
5251		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5252		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5253		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5254	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5255		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
5256		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5257		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5258		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5259	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5260		sender for those failures.
5261	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5262		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5263		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5264		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
5265		of Ericsson.
5266	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5267		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5268		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5269		of Procter & Gamble.
5270	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5271		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5272		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5273		of Procter & Gamble.
5274	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
5275		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5276		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
5277		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
5278		DontBlameSendmail options are:
5279			Safe
5280			AssumeSafeChown
5281			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5282			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5283			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5284			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5285			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5286			GroupWritableAliasFile
5287			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5288			WorldWritableAliasFile
5289			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5290			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5291			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5292			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5293			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5294			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5295			MapInUnsafeDirPath
5296			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5297			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5298			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5299			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5300			LinkedMapInWritableDir
5301			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5302			FileDeliveryToHardLink
5303			FileDeliveryToSymLink
5304			WriteMapToHardLink
5305			WriteMapToSymLink
5306			WriteStatsToHardLink
5307			WriteStatsToSymLink
5308			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5309			RunWritableProgram
5310	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5311		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
5312		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5313		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5314		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5315	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5316		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5317	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5318		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5319	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5320	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5321		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5322		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5323		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5324		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5325	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5326		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5327		contrast to the success case).
5328	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
5329		of the form:
5330			HHeader: $>Ruleset
5331		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5332		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5333		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5334	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5335		from hiding their connection information in Received:
5336		headers.
5337	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5338		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
5339		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5340		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5341	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5342		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
5343		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5344		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
5345		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5346		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5347	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5348		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5349		remote identity can be queried.
5350	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5351		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5352		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
5353		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5354	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5355		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5356		some of the details are determined dynamically via
5357		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5358	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5359		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5360		the new Build method which creates an operating system
5361		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5362	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5363		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5364		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
5365		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5366		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
5367		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5368	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5369		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5370		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5371		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5372		This means that even if only one of the recipients
5373		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5374		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5375	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5376		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
5377		of CNET: The Computer Network.
5378	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5379	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5380		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5381	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5382		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5383	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5384		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5385		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5386		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5387	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5388		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5389		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5390		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5391	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5392		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
5393		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5394	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5395		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5396		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5397		Institute.
5398	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5399		mail.local.
5400	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5401		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
5402		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5403	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5404		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5405		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5406	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5407		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5408		of InfoBeat, Inc.
5409	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
5410		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5411	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5412		mailstats command.
5413	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5414		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
5415		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5416	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5417		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5418		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
5419		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5420	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
5421		Ericsson.
5422	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5423		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
5424		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
5425		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5426	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5427		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
5428		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5429		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5430		Stratus Computer, Inc.
5431	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5432		currently supported version.
5433	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
5434		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5435	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5436		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5437		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
5438		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5439	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5440		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5441		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5442		message in error bounces.
5443	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5444		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5445		Digital Equipment Corporation.
5446	Portability:
5447		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5448			of Kyoto University.
5449		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
5450			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5451			Maryland.
5452		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5453		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5454			in Finland.
5455		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5456			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5457			the University of Maryland.
5458		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5459			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5460		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5461			Meteorological Institute.
5462		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5463			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5464		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5465		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5466		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5467		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5468			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
5469			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
5470			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5471			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5472		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
5473			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5474		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5475			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
5476			Microsystems.
5477	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5478	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5479		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
5480		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5481	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5482		directory for certain programs.
5483	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5484		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5485		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5486		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
5487		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5488	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5489		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
5490		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
5491		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5492	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5493		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5494		the user to setup different .forward files for
5495		user+detail addressing.
5496	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5497		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5498		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5499	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5500		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5501		outside your domain).
5502	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5503		any site to any site.
5504	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5505		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5506	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5507		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5508	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5509		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
5510		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5511		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
5512		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5513	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5514		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5515	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5516		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5517	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5518		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5519		host names only.
5520	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
5521		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
5522		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5523		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5524		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
5525		needed for most installations.
5526	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5527		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
5528		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5529		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5530		the University of Maryland.
5531	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5532		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5533		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5534	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5535		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5536		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5537	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5538		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5539	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5540		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5541	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5542		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
5543		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5544		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
5545		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5546	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5547		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5548		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
5549		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
5550		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
5551		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5552		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5553	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5554		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5555	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5556		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
5557		above for more information.
5558	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5559		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5560		Meteorological Institute.
5561	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5562		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5563		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
5564		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
5565		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5566	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5567		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5568	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5569		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5570		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5571		MustQuoteChars respectively.
5572	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
5573		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5574		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
5575		CMU (now of Netscape).
5576	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5577		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
5578		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
5579		read mail.local/README.
5580	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5581		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5582		University of Maryland.
5583	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5584		University, Chico.
5585	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5586		Meteorological Institute.
5587	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5588		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5589		University of Maryland.
5590	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5591		such as linked files in world writable directories.
5592	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5593	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5594	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
5595		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5596		Braunschweig.
5597	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
5598		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5599		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5600	Changed Files:
5601		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5602			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5603		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5604	New Files:
5605		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5606		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5607		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5608		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5609		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5610		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5611		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5612		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5613		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5614		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5615		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5616		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5617		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5618		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5619		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5620		BuildTools/OS/QNX
5621		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5622		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5623		BuildTools/README
5624		BuildTools/Site/README
5625		BuildTools/bin/Build
5626		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5627		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5628		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5629		Makefile
5630		cf/cf/Build
5631		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5632		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5633		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5634		cf/feature/access_db.m4
5635		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5636		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5637		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5638		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5639		cf/feature/rbl.m4
5640		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5641		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5642		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5643		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5644		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
5645		contrib/doublebounce.pl
5646		mail.local/Build
5647		mail.local/Makefile.m4
5648		mail.local/README
5649		mailstats/Build
5650		mailstats/Makefile.m4
5651		makemap/Build
5652		makemap/Makefile.m4
5653		praliases/Build
5654		praliases/Makefile.m4
5655		rmail/Build
5656		rmail/Makefile.m4
5657		rmail/rmail.0
5658		smrsh/Build
5659		smrsh/Makefile.m4
5660		src/Build
5661		src/Makefile.m4
5662		src/snprintf.c
5663	Deleted Files:
5664		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5665		mail.local/Makefile
5666		mail.local/Makefile.dist
5667		mailstats/Makefile
5668		mailstats/Makefile.dist
5669		makemap/Makefile
5670		makemap/Makefile.dist
5671		praliases/Makefile
5672		praliases/Makefile.dist
5673		rmail/Makefile
5674		smrsh/Makefile
5675		smrsh/Makefile.dist
5676		src/Makefile
5677		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5678		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5679			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5680		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5681	Renamed Files:
5682		READ_ME => README
5683		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5684		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5685		src/READ_ME => src/README
5686
56878.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
5688	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5689		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5690		Meteorological Institute.
5691	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5692		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
5693		Arseneault of SRI International.
5694	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5695		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5696		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5697	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5698		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5699	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5700		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
5701		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
5702		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5703	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5704		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5705		River Systems.
5706	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5707		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5708		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5709		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5710		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5711	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5712		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5713		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5714		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
5715		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5716	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5717		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5718		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5719		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5720	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5721	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
5722		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5723	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5724		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
5725		results during a single message processing (but would
5726		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
5727		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5728	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5729		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5730		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5731	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5732		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5733		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5734		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5735	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5736		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
5737		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5738		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5739	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5740		and the inability to save a bounce message to
5741		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5742		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5743		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5744		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5745		Associates.
5746	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
5747		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5748		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5749		could cause confusing error messages.
5750	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5751		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
5752		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5753		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5754		SuperNet, Inc.
5755	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
5756		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5757	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5758		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5759		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5760	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5761		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5762		dropped.
5763	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5764		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
5765		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5766	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5767		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5768		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5769	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5770		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5771		Institute.
5772	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5773		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5774		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5775		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5776	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5777		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5778		RUS University of Stuttgart.
5779	Minor lint fixes.
5780	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5781		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
5782		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
5783		of Stanford University.
5784	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5785		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
5786		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5787	Portability:
5788		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5789			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5790			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5791			Electronic Data Systems.
5792		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
5793			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5794		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5795		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5796			loader environment variables into the loader memory
5797			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
5798			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5799			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5800			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
5801			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5802		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5803			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5804			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
5805			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5806		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
5807			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5808		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
5809			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5810		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5811			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5812			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5813			Services.
5814		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5815			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5816		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5817			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
5818			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5819		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5820			Services VAS.
5821	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5822	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5823	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5824			Ericsson.
5825
58268.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
5827	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5828		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5829		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5830		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5831		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5832		GmbH.
5833	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5834		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
5835		of Technology, Stockholm.
5836	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5837		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5838		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5839		that these routines are included as though they were in the
5840		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5841	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5842		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5843		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5844		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5845	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5846		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
5847		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5848		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5849	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
5850		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5851		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
5852		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5853	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5854	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5855		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
5856		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5857	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5858		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5859		have to assume that the information is good.
5860	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5861		open or locked.
5862	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5863	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5864		errors during testing.
5865	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5866		printed in the error message.
5867	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5868		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5869	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5870		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5871		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5872	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5873		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5874		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5875	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5876		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
5877		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5878		runner runs during a critical section in another message
5879		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
5880		Results Computing.
5881	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
5882		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
5883		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
5884		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
5885		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5886	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
5887		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
5888		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
5889		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
5890		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
5891		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
5892		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
5893		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
5894		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
5895		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
5896		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
5897		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
5898		simultaneously.
5899	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
5900		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
5901	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
5902		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
5903		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5904	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
5905		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
5906		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
5907		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5908	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
5909		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
5910		CSU Chico.
5911	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
5912		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
5913		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
5914		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5915	Portability:
5916		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
5917			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
5918			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
5919			be used instead.
5920		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
5921			of Argonne National Laboratory.
5922		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5923		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5924		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
5925			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
5926		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
5927			in Makefiles.
5928		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
5929			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
5930		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
5931			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
5932			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
5933			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
5934			NCR Corp.
5935		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
5936			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5937		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
5938			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
5939			Resource Network
5940		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
5941			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
5942			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
5943			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
5944			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
5945			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
5946		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
5947			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
5948			Corp.
5949		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
5950			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
5951			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
5952		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
5953			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
5954		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
5955			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
5956			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
5957			PlainTalk.
5958	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
5959		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
5960		by Harry Styron.
5961	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
5962		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
5963	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
5964	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
5965		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
5966		changed after open".
5967	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
5968		files.
5969	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
5970	NEW FILES:
5971		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
5972		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
5973		test/t_exclopen.c
5974		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
5975	DELETED FILES:
5976		Makefile
5977
59788.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
5979	    *************************************************************
5980	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
5981	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
5982	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
5983	    * continued sendmail development.				*
5984	    *************************************************************
5985	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
5986		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
5987		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
5988		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
5989		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
5990		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
5991		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
5992		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
5993		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
5994		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
5995		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
5996		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
5997		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
5998		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
5999		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6000		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6001	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6002		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6003		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6004		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6005		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6006		another database; this can be used either to expose
6007		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6008		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6009		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
6010		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6011		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6012		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6013		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
6014		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6015		system directories.
6016	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6017		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6018		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
6019		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
6020		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6021		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6022		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6023	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6024		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6025		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6026		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6027		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6028		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6029		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6030		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6031		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6032		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6033		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6034		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6035		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6036		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
6037		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6038		NFS-mounted filesystems.
6039	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6040		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6041		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6042		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6043		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
6044		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6045	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6046		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
6047		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6048	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6049		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6050		same host).
6051	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6052		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
6053		from Theo de Raadt.
6054	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6055		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
6056		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6057	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6058		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6059		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6060	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6061		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
6062		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6063	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6064		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6065		Microsystems.
6066	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6067		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
6068		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6069	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6070		too large) don't send the bogus message.
6071	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6072		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
6073		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6074	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6075		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
6076		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6077	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6078		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
6079		Shapiro.
6080	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6081		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
6082		Sun Microsystems.
6083	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6084		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6085		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6086		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
6087		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
6088		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6089	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6090		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6091		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6092		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6093		Mercury Mail.
6094	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6095		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6096		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6097		Morgan Stanley.
6098	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6099		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6100		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
6101		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6102	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6103		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6104		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6105		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
6106		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6107		not be run.
6108	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6109		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6110		printing.
6111	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6112		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6113		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6114	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6115		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
6116	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6117	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6118		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
6119		erroneous results during a single message processing
6120		(but would recover when the next message was received).
6121	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6122		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
6123		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6124		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6125		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
6126		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6127		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6128	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6129		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6130		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6131		address as "may be forged".
6132	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6133		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6134		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6135	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6136		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6137		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
6138		of TwinCom.
6139	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6140		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6141		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6142		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6143	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6144		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6145		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6146	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6147		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6148		Institute.
6149	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6150		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
6151		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6152		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6153		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
6154		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6155		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6156		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6157	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6158		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
6159		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6160		book (2nd edition).
6161	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6162		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6163		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
6164		John Beck of SunSoft.
6165	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6166		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6167		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6168	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6169		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6170	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6171		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6172	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
6173		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6174	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
6175		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6176		returns.
6177	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6178		on some architectures.
6179	Portability:
6180		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6181		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6182			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
6183			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6184			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6185			of Washington.
6186		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6187			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6188			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6189		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6190		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6191		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6192		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6193			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6194			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
6195			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6196		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6197		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6198			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6199			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6200			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6201			Cambridge.
6202		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
6203			Kari Hurtta.
6204		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6205			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6206			IRIX Makefile).
6207		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6208			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6209	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6210		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
6211		Brian Candler.
6212	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6213		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6214		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6215	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6216		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6217		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6218	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6219		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
6220		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6221	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6222		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
6223		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6224	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6225		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6226		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6227	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6228		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6229		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6230		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6231		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6232	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6233		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6234		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
6235		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6236	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6237		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6238		was specified, even when it wasn't.
6239	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
6240	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6241		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6242		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
6243		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6244		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6245	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6246		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6247		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
6248		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6249		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6250		developers).
6251	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
6252		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
6253		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6254	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6255		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6256		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6257		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6258	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6259		NEXTSTEP.
6260	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6261		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6262		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
6263		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
6264		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6265	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
6266		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6267		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6268		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6269		for system accounts.
6270	NEW FILES:
6271		src/safefile.c
6272		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6273		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
6274		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6275		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6276		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6277	RENAMED FILES:
6278		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6279		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6280
62818.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
6282	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
6283		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6284		even if RunAsUser is specified.
6285	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
6286		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6287		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6288	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6289		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6290		University of Pennsylvania.
6291	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6292		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
6293		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6294		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6295		was unnecessarily awful.
6296	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6297		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6298		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6299	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6300		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6301		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6302		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6303		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6304		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6305	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6306		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6307	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6308		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
6309		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6310	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6311		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6312		Semiconductor Corp.
6313	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6314		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
6315		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6316		at Austin.
6317	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6318		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6319		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
6320		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
6321		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6322	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6323		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6324		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6325		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6326		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6327	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6328		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
6329		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6330		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
6331		Costales.
6332	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6333		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6334		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6335		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
6336		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6337	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6338		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6339		The current values and defaults are:
6340		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6341		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
6342		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
6343		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
6344		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6345	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6346		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6347		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6348	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
6349		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6350	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6351		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6352		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6353		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6354		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
6355		Eric Hagberg.
6356	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6357		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6358		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6359		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6360	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6361		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6362		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6363		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6364	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6365		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6366		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6367		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6368		Communications.
6369	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6370		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6371		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6372		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6373	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
6374		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6375	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6376		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6377	PORTABILITY:
6378		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6379			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6380		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6381			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6382		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6383		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6384			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6385			(Moscow).
6386		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6387		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6388		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6389		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6390		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6391			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6392	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6393		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
6394		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6395		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6396		Received: line.
6397	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6398		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
6399		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6400		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6401		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
6402		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6403	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6404		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
6405		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6406		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6407		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6408		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
6409		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
6410		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
6411		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6412		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6413	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6414		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6415		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
6416		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6417		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6418	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6419		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6420		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6421	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6422		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6423		Long Beach.
6424
64258.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
6426	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6427		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6428		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
6429		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6430		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
6431		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
6432		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6433	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6434		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6435		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
6436		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6437		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
6438		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
6439		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6440		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6441		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6442	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6443		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
6444		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6445	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6446		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6447		Problem noted by several people.
6448	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6449		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6450		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
6451		by several people.
6452	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6453		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6454	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6455		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6456		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6457		of Best Internet Communications.
6458	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
6459		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6460	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6461		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6462		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6463		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6464		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6465	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6466		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
6467	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6468		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6469	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6470		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6471	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6472		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6473		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
6474		by Roy Mongiovi.
6475	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
6476		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6477	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6478		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6479		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
6480		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
6481		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6482	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6483		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6484		of Kyoto University.
6485	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6486		conditions from Don Lewis.
6487	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6488		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6489		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6490		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
6491		patch from Bryan Costales.
6492	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6493		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6494			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
6495			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
6496			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6497			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6498		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
6499			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6500		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
6501			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6502		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
6503			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6504			of Tokyo.
6505		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6506			Services, Inc.
6507		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6508			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6509			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6510			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6511		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6512			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
6513	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6514		than one long one.  By popular demand.
6515	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
6516		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6517	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6518		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6519		of NTT Software Corporation.
6520	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6521	NEW FILES:
6522		contrib/etrn.pl
6523
65248.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
6525	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6526		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
6527		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6528		best-of-security list.
6529	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6530		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6531		should make it clearer to people that they are running
6532		the wrong binary.
6533	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6534		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6535		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6536		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
6537		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6538	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6539		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6540		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
6541		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6542	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6543		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6544	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6545		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6546		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
6547		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6548		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6549		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6550		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6551		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
6552		Eric Wassenaar.
6553	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
6554		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6555		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6556		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6557		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6558		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6559		UUNET.
6560	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6561		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6562		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6563		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
6564		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6565	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6566		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6567		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
6568		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6569	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
6570		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6571	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6572		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6573		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6574		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6575	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6576		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6577		University of Linkoping.
6578	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6579		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
6580		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6581	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6582		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6583		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6584		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6585		other end.
6586	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6587		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6588		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6589	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6590		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
6591		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
6592		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6593	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6594		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6595			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6596			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
6597			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6598		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6599			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6600		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6601			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6602		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6603			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6604			The outline of the implementation was contributed
6605			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6606		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6607			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6608			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6609			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6610			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
6611			Earickson of Colby College.
6612		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
6613			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6614			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6615			Kari Hurtta.
6616	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6617		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
6618		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6619	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6620		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6621		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
6622		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6623	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6624		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6625		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6626		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6627		University of Washington, Seattle.
6628	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6629		Polytechnic Institute.
6630	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6631		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6632	NEW FILES:
6633		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6634		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
6635		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6636
66378.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
6638	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6639		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6640	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6641		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6642			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6643			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6644	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6645		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6646	CONFIG: no changes.
6647
66488.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
6649	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6650		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
6651		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6652	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6653		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6654		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
6655		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6656		of WPI.
6657	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6658		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6659		Kyoto University.
6660	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
6661		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6662		on illegal host names.
6663	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6664		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6665		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
6666	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6667		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6668		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6669	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6670		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6671		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6672	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6673		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
6674		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6675	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6676		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6677		University of Leicester.
6678	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6679		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6680		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6681		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
6682		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6683		University of Washington.
6684	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6685		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
6686			people pointed this out.
6687		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6688		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6689			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6690	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6691		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6692	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6693		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6694		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6695		Softec.
6696	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
6697		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6698	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
6699		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6700
67018.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
6702	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6703		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6704	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6705		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
6706		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6707	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
6708		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6709		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
6710		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6711	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6712		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6713		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6714		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6715		NSC (Japan).
6716	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6717		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6718		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6719	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6720		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6721		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
6722		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6723	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6724		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6725		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
6726		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6727		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6728		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6729		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
6730		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6731	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6732		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6733	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6734		printout.
6735	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6736	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6737		square braces.
6738	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6739		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6740		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6741	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6742		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
6743		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6744		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6745	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6746		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6747		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6748		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6749	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6750		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6751		Dandelion Digital.
6752	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6753		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6754	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6755		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6756		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
6757	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6758		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6759		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6760	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6761		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
6762	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6763		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6764		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6765		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
6766		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6767	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6768		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6769	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6770		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6771		mailers.
6772	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6773		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
6774		Myers of CMU.
6775	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6776		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6777		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
6778		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6779		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
6780		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
6781	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6782		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6783		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6784		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
6785		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6786		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6787		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6788		parameter.
6789	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6790		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6791		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6792		University of Maryland.
6793	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
6794		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6795	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6796		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6797		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6798	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
6799		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6800		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6801		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6802		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
6803		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6804		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
6805	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
6806		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6807		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
6808		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
6809		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6810	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6811		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6812		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
6813		section 5.2.5.
6814	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6815		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6816		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
6817		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6818		is for incoming connections only.
6819	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
6820		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6821		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
6822		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
6823		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6824		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6825		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6826		(e.g., due to connection caching).
6827	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6828		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6829		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6830		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
6831		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6832		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6833		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6834		that take a very long time to run.
6835	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
6836		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6837		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6838	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6839		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
6840		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6841	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6842		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6843		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6844	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6845		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
6846		Costales.
6847	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6848		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6849		Technologies, Inc.
6850	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6851		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6852		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6853	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6854		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6855		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6856		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6857		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6858		different for this case.
6859	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6860		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6861		of Stanford University.
6862	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6863		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6864		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
6865		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6866	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6867		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
6868		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6869	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6870		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
6871		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6872	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6873		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6874		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
6875		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6876	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6877		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6878		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
6879		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
6880		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
6881		Pasteur Institute.
6882	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
6883		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
6884		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
6885		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
6886	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
6887		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
6888		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
6889		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
6890		canonification.
6891	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
6892		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
6893		mailers.
6894	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
6895		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
6896		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
6897		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
6898		either of these in their configuration file.
6899	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
6900		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
6901		St. Peter's College.
6902	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
6903		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
6904	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
6905		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6906	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
6907		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6908	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
6909		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
6910		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
6911		Costales.
6912	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
6913		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
6914		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
6915		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
6916		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
6917		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
6918		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
6919		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
6920		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
6921		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
6922		in rulesets.
6923	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
6924		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
6925		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
6926		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
6927		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
6928		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
6929		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
6930		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
6931	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
6932		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
6933		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
6934		on that basis.
6935	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
6936		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
6937	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
6938		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
6939		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
6940		Vixie.
6941	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
6942		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
6943		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
6944		See also the src/READ_ME file.
6945	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
6946		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
6947		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
6948		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
6949		two characters $, +.
6950	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
6951		debug_dumpstate.
6952	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
6953		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
6954		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
6955		valid recipients.
6956	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
6957		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
6958		noted by Tom May.
6959	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
6960		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
6961		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
6962		Beck of InReference, Inc.
6963	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
6964		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
6965		Computing Corporation.
6966	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
6967		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
6968		Internet Communications.
6969	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
6970		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
6971		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
6972		of Lysator.
6973	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
6974		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
6975		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
6976		of the University of Iceland.
6977	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
6978		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
6979		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
6980		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
6981		this change is a no-op.
6982	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
6983		Costales.
6984	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
6985		Bryan Costales.
6986	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
6987		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6988	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
6989		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6990	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
6991		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6992	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
6993		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
6994		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
6995		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6996	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
6997		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
6998		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
6999		Jones of UUNET.
7000	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7001		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
7002		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7003	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7004		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7005		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
7006		easily determine what messages are to their role as
7007		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
7008		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7009	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7010		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
7011		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7012		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7013		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7014		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
7015		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7016		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
7017		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7018		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
7019		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
7020		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7021	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7022		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
7023		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
7024		of Stanford University.
7025	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7026		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
7027		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7028		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7029		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7030		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7031		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7032	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7033		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7034		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7035		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
7036		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
7037		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7038	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
7039		Motonori Nakamura.
7040	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7041		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7042		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
7043		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7044	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
7045		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7046		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
7047		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
7048		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
7049		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
7050		value is ".hoststat".
7051		There are also two new operation modes:
7052		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7053		    connections.
7054		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
7055		    recent status information.
7056		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7057		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7058		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7059		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7060		framework is gratefully appreciated.
7061	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7062		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7063		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7064		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7065		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7066		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7067		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7068		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7069		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7070		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
7071		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7072	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7073		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
7074		Costales.
7075	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7076		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7077	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7078		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7079		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7080		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7081	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7082		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7083		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7084		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7085		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7086		Webmasters.
7087	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7088		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7089		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
7090		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7091		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7092	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7093		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
7094		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7095		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7096		of Washington, Seattle.
7097	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
7098		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7099		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7100		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7101		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7102		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
7103	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7104		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
7105		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
7106		Nakamura.
7107	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7108		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7109		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7110		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7111		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7112		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7113		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
7114		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7115		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7116		well constrained.
7117	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7118		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
7119		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7120		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7121		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7122	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7123		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7124		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
7125		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7126		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
7127		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7128	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7129		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
7130		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7131	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7132		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
7133		Wolfhugel.
7134	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7135		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7136	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7137		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
7138		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7139	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
7140		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7141	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7142		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
7143		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
7144		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7145		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7146	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7147		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7148		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7149		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7150	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7151		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7152		National University of Singapore.
7153	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
7154		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
7155		system can't cope with.
7156	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7157		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7158			Atlas International.
7159		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7160			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
7161		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7162			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7163			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
7164			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7165			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7166			Bernstein and Associates.
7167		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7168			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
7169			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7170		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7171			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7172		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7173			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7174			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7175		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7176			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7177		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7178			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7179		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7180		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7181		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7182			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7183			Institute.
7184		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7185			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7186		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7187		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7188			Employment Standards Administration.
7189		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7190		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7191			Jr.
7192		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7193			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7194		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7195			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7196		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7197		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7198		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7199		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7200			of the University of Arizona.
7201		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
7202			Vanderbilt University.
7203		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7204			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7205			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
7206			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7207	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
7208		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7209	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7210		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7211		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7212		Foundation.
7213	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7214	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7215		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7216		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
7217		Myers of CMU.
7218	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
7219		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
7220		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7221	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
7222		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7223		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7224		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
7225		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7226		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7227		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
7228		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7229	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7230		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7231		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
7232		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7233		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
7234		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7235		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7236	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7237		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7238		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7239		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
7240			info@foo.com	foo-info
7241			info@bar.com	bar-info
7242			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
7243		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7244		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7245		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7246		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
7247		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
7248		a great many people.
7249	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7250		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7251	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7252		"fax" mailer.
7253	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7254		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7255		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7256		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
7257		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
7258		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7259	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7260		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7261		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
7262		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
7263		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7264	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7265		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7266		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
7267		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7268		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
7269		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7270	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7271		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7272		of WPI.
7273	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7274		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
7275		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7276	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7277		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
7278		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7279	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7280		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
7281		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7282		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7283	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7284	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7285		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7286		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
7287		by Andreas Luik.
7288	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7289		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7290		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7291	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7292		Wolfhugel.
7293	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7294	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
7295		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7296		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7297		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7298		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7299		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
7300		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7301	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7302		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7303		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7304		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7305		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7306	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
7307		Costales.
7308	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7309	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7310		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7311	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7312	NEW FILES:
7313		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7314		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7315		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7316		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7317		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7318		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7319		mailstats/mailstats.8
7320		praliases/praliases.8
7321		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7322		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7323		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7324		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7325		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7326		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
7327		cf/ostype/altos.m4
7328		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
7329		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7330		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
7331		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7332	DELETED FILES:
7333		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7334		contrib/xla/README
7335		contrib/xla/xla.c
7336	RENAMED FILES:
7337		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7338		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
7339		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
7340		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7341		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7342
73438.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
7344	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7345		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7346		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
7347		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7348		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7349	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7350		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
7351		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7352
73538.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
7354	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7355		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7356		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7357		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7358		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7359		and others.
7360
73618.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
7362	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7363		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7364		any user (except root).
7365	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7366		version number is unchanged.
7367
73688.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
7369	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7370		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
7371		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7372	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7373		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
7374		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7375		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7376	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
7377		Costales.
7378	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7379		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7380		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7381			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
7382			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7383			Stanford University.
7384	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7385		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7386
73878.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
7388	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7389		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
7390		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7391	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7392		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7393		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
7394		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7395		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
7396		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7397		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7398	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7399		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
7400		by Kari Hurtta.
7401	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7402		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7403		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7404		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7405		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7406		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7407		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7408		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
7409		bounces when it should have requeued.
7410	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7411		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7412		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
7413		John Hawkinson of Panix.
7414	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7415		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7416		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7417		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
7418		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
7419		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7420		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7421		Infobiogen.
7422	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
7423		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7424		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7425		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
7426		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7427	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7428		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7429	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7430		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7431		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7432	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7433		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
7434		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7435	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7436		underscores.
7437	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7438		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7439		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7440	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7441		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7442		included even if the user did not request success notification,
7443		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7444	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7445		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7446		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7447		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
7448		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7449	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
7450		Costales of ICSI.
7451	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7452		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
7453		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7454	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7455		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7456		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7457		Technological University.
7458	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7459		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
7460		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7461		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7462	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
7463		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7464	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7465		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7466	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7467		to have the database format of the alias files without the
7468		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7469		Inc.
7470	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7471		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7472		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7473	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7474		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7475		University.
7476	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7477		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
7478		Association for Progressive Communications.
7479	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7480		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7481		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7482		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7483		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
7484		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7485		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7486		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
7487	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7488		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
7489		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
7490		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7491	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7492		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7493		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
7494		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7495		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
7496		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7497	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7498		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7499			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
7500			James B. Davis of TCI.
7501		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
7502			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7503		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7504			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
7505			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7506			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7507			isn't supported on all compilers.
7508		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7509	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7510		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7511	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7512		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7513	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7514		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7515		(France).
7516	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7517		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7518	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7519		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
7520		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7521	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7522		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
7523		for different files.
7524	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
7525		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7526		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7527	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7528		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7529		changes).
7530
75318.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
7532	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7533		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7534		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
7535		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7536	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7537		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7538		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7539		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7540		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7541		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7542	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7543		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
7544		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7545		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7546		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7547		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7548		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7549		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
7550		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7551		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7552	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7553		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7554		results.  This could have security implications.
7555	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7556		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7557		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7558	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7559		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
7560		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7561		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
7562		Elz.
7563	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
7564		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7565	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7566		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7567		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7568		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7569		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
7570		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7571		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7572		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
7573		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
7574		domain names are your friends.
7575	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7576		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7577	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7578		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7579	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7580		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
7581		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7582		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7583		of TerraNet.
7584	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7585		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7586		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7587		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7588		of WPI.
7589	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7590		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7591			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
7592			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7593			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
7594			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7595		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7596			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7597		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7598		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7599		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7600			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
7601	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7602		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7603		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7604	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7605		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7606		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7607	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7608		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7609		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7610		Infobiogen (France).
7611	NEW FILES:
7612		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7613		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7614		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7615
76168.7/8.7		1995/09/16
7617	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7618		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7619		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7620		Global Communications.
7621	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7622		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7623	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7624		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
7625		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7626		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
7627		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7628	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7629		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7630		can be confusing.
7631	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7632		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7633	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7634		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7635	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7636		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7637		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7638		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7639		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7640		Maryland.
7641	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7642		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7643		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7644		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
7645		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7646	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7647		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
7648		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
7649		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
7650		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7651	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7652		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7653	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7654		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7655		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7656		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7657	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7658		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7659		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7660		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7661		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7662		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
7663		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7664		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7665		Swarthmore University.
7666	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7667		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7668		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7669		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7670			ruleset.
7671		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7672		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7673			-d debug flag.
7674		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7675		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7676		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7677		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7678			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7679			and the parsed address.
7680		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7681			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7682		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
7683			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7684			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
7685			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7686			recipients.
7687		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7688			return the result.
7689		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7690			`mapname' and return the result.
7691	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7692		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7693	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7694		the header for envelope sender information and uses
7695		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
7696		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7697		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7698		that functionality.
7699	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7700		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7701		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
7702		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7703		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7704		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7705	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7706		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7707		of Michigan Technological University.
7708	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7709		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7710		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7711		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
7712		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
7713		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7714		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
7715		or not.
7716	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7717		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7718		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
7719		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
7720		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7721		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
7722		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7723	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7724		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
7725		should have minimal impact on external function.
7726	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7727		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7728			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
7729		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7730			7	SevenBitInput
7731			8	EightBitMode
7732			A	AliasFile
7733			a	AliasWait
7734			B	BlankSub
7735			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7736			C	CheckpointInterval
7737			c	HoldExpensive
7738			D	AutoRebuildAliases
7739			d	DeliveryMode
7740			E	ErrorHeader
7741			e	ErrorMode
7742			f	SaveFromLine
7743			F	TempFileMode
7744			G	MatchGECOS
7745			H	HelpFile
7746			h	MaxHopCount
7747			i	IgnoreDots
7748			I	ResolverOptions
7749			J	ForwardPath
7750			j	SendMimeErrors
7751			k	ConnectionCacheSize
7752			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
7753			L	LogLevel
7754			l	UseErrorsTo
7755			m	MeToo
7756			n	CheckAliases
7757			O	DaemonPortOptions
7758			o	OldStyleHeaders
7759			P	PostmasterCopy
7760			p	PrivacyOptions
7761			Q	QueueDirectory
7762			q	QueueFactor
7763			R	DontPruneRoutes
7764			r, T	Timeout
7765			S	StatusFile
7766			s	SuperSafe
7767			t	TimeZoneSpec
7768			u	DefaultUser
7769			U	UserDatabaseSpec
7770			V	FallbackMXHost
7771			v	Verbose
7772			w	TryNullMXList
7773			x	QueueLA
7774			X	RefuseLA
7775			Y	ForkEachJob
7776			y	RecipientFactor
7777			z	ClassFactor
7778			Z	RetryFactor
7779		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7780		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7781			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
7782			$l	UnixFromLine
7783			$o	OperatorChars
7784			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
7785		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7786		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7787		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7788		specify "V6" in the configuration.
7789	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7790		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7791		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7792		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
7793		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7794		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7795		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7796		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
7797		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7798		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7799	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7800		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
7801		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7802			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
7803			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7804		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7805			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7806			recipient mailer flags.
7807		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7808		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7809			delivery.
7810		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7811		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7812		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
7813		    |	Check for |program on this address.
7814		    /	Check for /file on this address.
7815		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
7816			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
7817			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7818			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7819		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7820		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7821		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7822	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
7823		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7824		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7825		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
7826		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7827		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
7828		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7829		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7830		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7831		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7832		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7833		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
7834		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7835		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7836		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
7837		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7838			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7839			(essentially, the full MIME option).
7840		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7841			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7842		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7843			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
7844			flag is ignored.
7845		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7846			the setting of F=8.
7847	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7848		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7849		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7850		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7851	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7852		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7853		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
7854		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7855	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
7856		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7857		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
7858		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7859	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7860		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7861		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7862		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
7863		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7864		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7865		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7866		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7867	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7868		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
7869		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7870		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7871		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
7872		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7873		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7874		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7875		Unicom.
7876	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7877		fashion as the U= mailer option.
7878	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
7879		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
7880		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
7881		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
7882		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
7883		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
7884		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
7885		from Chip Rosenthal.
7886	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
7887		For example,
7888		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
7889		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
7890		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
7891		set them both the preferred new syntax is
7892		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
7893		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
7894	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
7895		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
7896		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
7897		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
7898		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
7899		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
7900		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
7901		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
7902		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
7903		contribution was to make it configurable).
7904	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
7905		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
7906		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
7907		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
7908		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
7909		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
7910	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
7911		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
7912		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
7913		I/O redirection.
7914	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
7915		can be confusing.
7916	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
7917		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
7918		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
7919	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
7920	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
7921		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
7922		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
7923		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
7924		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
7925		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
7926		queue-only.
7927	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
7928		:include: and .forward files.
7929	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
7930		key field name, the value field name, and the field
7931		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
7932		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
7933		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
7934	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
7935		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7936	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
7937		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
7938		Sun Microsystems.
7939	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
7940		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
7941		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
7942		Hutton of Indiana University.
7943	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
7944		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
7945		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
7946		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
7947		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
7948		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7949	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
7950		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
7951		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
7952		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
7953		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
7954		as comments.
7955	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
7956		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
7957		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
7958		are from sysexits.h.
7959	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
7960		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
7961		    Kmap1 ...
7962		    Kmap2 ...
7963		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
7964		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
7965		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
7966		map2 is searched and the value returned.
7967	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
7968		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
7969		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
7970		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
7971		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
7972		For example, if the declaration of the map is
7973		    Ksample switch hosts
7974		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
7975		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
7976		equivalent to
7977		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
7978		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
7979	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
7980		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
7981		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
7982		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
7983		the -m (matchonly) flag.
7984	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
7985		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
7986		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
7987	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
7988		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
7989		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
7990		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
7991	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
7992		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
7993		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
7994		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
7995		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
7996		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
7997		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
7998		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
7999		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8000	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8001		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8002		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8003		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8004		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8005	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8006		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8007		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
8008		an /etc/hosts entry reads
8009		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8010		this change will use the second name as the canonical
8011		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8012	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8013		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8014		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8015		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8016		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
8017		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8018	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8019		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8020		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
8021		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8022		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8023		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
8024		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8025	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8026		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8027		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8028	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8029		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8030		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8031		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8032	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8033		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8034		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8035		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8036		much longer than the specified timeout.
8037	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8038		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8039		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8040		denial-of-service attack.
8041	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8042		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8043		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8044	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
8045		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8046		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8047		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8048		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
8049		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8050		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
8051		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8052		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8053		actually file lookups.
8054	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8055		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8056		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
8057		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8058	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8059		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
8060		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8061		support for them has been removed.
8062	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8063		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8064		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8065	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8066		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8067		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
8068		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8069	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8070		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
8071		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8072	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8073		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8074		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8075	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8076		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8077		also improves the connection cache utilization.
8078	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8079		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
8080		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8081	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8082		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8083		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
8084		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8085		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
8086		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8087		Microsystems.
8088	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8089		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
8090		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8091		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
8092		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8093		option can give the network software time to establish
8094		the link.  The default units are seconds.
8095	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8096		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8097		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8098		Defense Information Systems Agency.
8099	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8100		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
8101		the National Computer Security Center.
8102	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8103		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8104		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8105		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
8106		the mailprio scripts (see below).
8107	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8108		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8109		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
8110		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8111		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8112		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
8113		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
8114		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8115		University Computing Service.
8116	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8117		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
8118		the University of Kentucky.
8119	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8120		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8121		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8122	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
8123		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8124	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8125		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8126		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8127		Corporation.
8128	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8129		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8130		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8131		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8132	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8133		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8134		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
8135		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8136		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8137		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8138		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8139	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8140		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
8141		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8142	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8143		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
8144		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
8145		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8146	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8147		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8148		Communications.
8149	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8150		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8151		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
8152		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8153		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8154	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8155		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8156		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
8157		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8158		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8159	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8160		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8161	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8162		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
8163		on values:
8164		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
8165					message will be passed on even
8166					though it is in technically
8167					illegal syntax.
8168		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
8169					recipients that it can find from
8170					the envelope.  This risks exposing
8171					Bcc: recipients.
8172		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
8173					has almost no redeeming social value,
8174					and is provided only for back
8175					compatibility.
8176		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
8177					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8178					which will have the effect of
8179					making the message legal without
8180					exposing Bcc: recipients.
8181		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
8182					There is a chance that mailers down
8183					the line will delete this header,
8184					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8185					recipients.
8186		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8187	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
8188		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8189		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8190		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8191		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8192	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
8193		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8194		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8195		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8196		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8197		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8198		For example, if you run with
8199			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8200		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
8201		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8202		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8203		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8204	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8205		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
8206			list: member1
8207			list: member2
8208		and an alias file declared as:
8209			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8210		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8211		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8212		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8213	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8214	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8215		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
8216		Johannesen.
8217	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8218		to be simpler and more consistent.
8219	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
8220		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8221		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8222		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8223	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8224		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8225		This may affect some people who have written their own
8226		checkcompat() routine.
8227	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
8228		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8229		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8230	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8231		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8232		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8233		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8234	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8235		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8236		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8237		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8238		Corporation.
8239	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8240		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8241		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8242		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8243		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
8244		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8245		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
8246		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8247	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8248		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
8249		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8250	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8251		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8252		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8253	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8254		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8255		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8256	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8257		the header.
8258	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8259	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8260		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
8261		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8262	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8263		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8264		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8265		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8266		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
8267		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8268	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
8269		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8270		is added between the first and second word of the first
8271		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8272		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8273		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8274		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8275		old sendmails understand.
8276	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8277		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
8278	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8279		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8280		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
8281		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8282		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8283		data -- for example,
8284		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8285					(romanized/less information)
8286		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8287					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8288					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8289		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8290					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8291		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8292		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8293	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8294		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8295		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8296		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
8297		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
8298		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8299		Eric Prestemon of American University.
8300	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8301		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8302		increment on the background value).
8303	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
8304		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
8305		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8306	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8307		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8308		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8309	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8310		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8311		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
8312		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8313		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8314	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8315		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
8316		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
8317		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8318		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8319		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
8320		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8321		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8322		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8323	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8324		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
8325		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8326		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8327		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8328		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8329		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8330	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8331		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8332		service type is "files".
8333	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
8334		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8335		into class "c".
8336	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8337		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
8338		contributed by SunSoft.
8339	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8340		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
8341		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8342		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8343		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
8344		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8345		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
8346		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8347		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8348		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8349	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8350		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8351		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
8352		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8353	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8354		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8355		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8356		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8357		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8358		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
8359		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8360	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8361		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8362	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8363		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
8364		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8365	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8366		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8367		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8368		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8369		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
8370		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8371		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8372		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8373		flags.
8374	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8375		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
8376		Motonori Nakamura.
8377	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8378		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8379		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8380		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
8381		of MIT.
8382	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
8383		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8384	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8385		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8386		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8387		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8388		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8389		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8390		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
8391		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8392		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8393	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8394		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8395		the make.
8396	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8397		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
8398		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8399		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8400	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8401		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8402		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8403		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8404		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
8405		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8406	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
8407		of Sun Microsystems.
8408	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
8409		is at least 50% faster.
8410	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8411		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8412		University.
8413	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8414		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8415	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8416		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
8417		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8418		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8419	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8420		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
8421		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8422	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8423		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8424		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8425		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
8426		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8427		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8428	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8429		Carnegie Mellon.
8430	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8431		support.
8432	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8433		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8434		Global Information Solutions.
8435	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8436		From Motonori Nakamura.
8437	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
8438		Motonori Nakamura.
8439	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8440		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8441	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8442		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8443		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8444		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
8445		James of British Telecom.
8446	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
8447		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8448	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8449		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
8450		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8451		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8452		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
8453		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8454		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8455	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
8456		a bad guy can read your private files.
8457	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8458		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8459		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8460			University.  This expands the disk size
8461			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8462		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8463			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8464		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8465			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8466		Linux Makefile typo.
8467		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8468			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8469		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8470			University, Chico.
8471		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
8472			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8473			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
8474			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8475			This requires adaptation of code that really
8476			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8477			addresses or nameserver fields.''
8478		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
8479			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8480		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8481			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8482		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8483			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8484			problems.
8485		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8486			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
8487			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8488		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
8489			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8490		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
8491			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8492		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8493			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8494			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
8495			Wemm of DIALix.
8496		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8497			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8498			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8499			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
8500			of Ohio State University.
8501		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8502			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8503			University.
8504		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
8505			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
8506			Mainz.
8507		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8508		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8509			wrong statfs call).
8510		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8511		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8512			University.
8513		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8514		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8515			Rochester Medical Center.
8516		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8517			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8518			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8519			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8520			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8521		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8522			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8523			Division.
8524		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8525			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8526		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8527			Durand of I.M.A.G.
8528		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8529			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8530		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8531		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8532			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8533		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8534		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8535		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8536		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8537		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8538			of Meteo France.
8539		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8540		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8541		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8542		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8543		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8544		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8545		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8546		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8547		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8548		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8549			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8550		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8551			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8552		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8553			of Colorado.
8554		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8555	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8556		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
8557		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8558	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8559		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
8560		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8561		on the file, but it should be quite small.
8562	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
8563		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8564		giving the local administrator more control over what
8565		programs can be run from sendmail.
8566	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
8567		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8568		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8569		never will.
8570	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8571		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8572		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8573	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8574		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8575		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
8576		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8577		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8578	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8579		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8580	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8581		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
8582		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8583		arbitrary directory -- use either:
8584			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8585		or
8586			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8587		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8588		can use:
8589			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8590		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8591		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8592		compatibility.
8593	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8594		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8595	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8596		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8597	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8598		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8599		County.
8600	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8601	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8602		just unqualified ones.
8603	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8604		was never used and didn't work anyway.
8605	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8606		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8607	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8608		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8609		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
8610		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8611		centralized hub.
8612	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8613	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8614		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8615		this is expected to be another sendmail.
8616	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8617		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8618		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8619		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
8620		Rosenthal of Unicom.
8621	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8622		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
8623		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8624	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8625		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
8626		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8627		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8628		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8629		but it is a no-op.
8630	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8631		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8632		as User Unknown.
8633	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8634		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8635		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
8636		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8637	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8638		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8639		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
8640	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8641		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8642		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8643		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8644	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8645		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
8646		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8647	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8648	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
8649		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8650	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8651		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8652		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8653		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8654	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8655		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8656		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8657		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
8658		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8659		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
8660		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8661		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8662	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8663		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8664		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
8665		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8666		assumed.
8667	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8668		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8669		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8670		Information Systems Agency.
8671	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8672		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8673		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8674	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8675		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8676		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8677		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
8678		that really can be used in the real world.
8679	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8680		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8681		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8682	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8683		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8684	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8685		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8686		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
8687		by Scott Hutton.
8688	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
8689		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8690	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8691		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8692		people.
8693	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8694		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8695	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8696		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
8697		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8698	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8699		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8700		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8701	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8702		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
8703		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8704		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8705	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8706		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8707		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8708		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8709		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
8710		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8711	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8712		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
8713		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8714	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8715		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
8716		by Kimmo Suominen.
8717	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8718		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8719		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8720	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8721		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8722	NEW FILES:
8723		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
8724		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8725		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
8726		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8727		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8728		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8729		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8730		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8731		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8732		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8733		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
8734		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8735		cf/domain/generic.m4
8736		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8737		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8738		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8739		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
8740		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8741		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8742		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
8743		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
8744		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
8745		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8746		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8747		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8748		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8749		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
8750		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
8751		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
8752		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
8753		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8754		contrib/bsdi.mc
8755		contrib/mailprio
8756		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8757		mail.local/mail.local.0
8758		makemap/makemap.0
8759		smrsh/README
8760		smrsh/smrsh.0
8761		smrsh/smrsh.8
8762		smrsh/smrsh.c
8763		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8764		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8765		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8766		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8767		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8768		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8769		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8770		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8771		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8772		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8773		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8774		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8775		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8776		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8777		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8778		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8779		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8780		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8781		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8782		src/aliases.0
8783		src/mailq.0
8784		src/mime.c
8785		src/newaliases.0
8786		src/sendmail.0
8787		test/t_seteuid.c
8788	RENAMED FILES:
8789		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8790		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8791		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8792		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8793		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8794		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8795		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8796		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8797		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8798		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8799		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8800		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8801		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8802		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8803		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8804		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8805		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8806		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8807		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8808		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8809		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8810	OBSOLETED FILES:
8811		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
8812		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
8813		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
8814		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8815		cf/cf/knecht.mc
8816		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8817		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8818		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8819		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8820		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8821		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8822		contrib/rcpt-streaming
8823		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8824
88258.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
8826	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8827		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8828		any user (except root).
8829	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8830		version number is unchanged.
8831
88328.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
8833	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8834		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
8835		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8836		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8837		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8838		each other!).
8839	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8840		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8841		than fork().
8842
88438.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
8844	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8845		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8846	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8847		message when attempted from IDENT.
8848	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8849		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
8850		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
8851		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8852	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8853		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8854		partial lines.
8855	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8856		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
8857		Rob McMahon.
8858	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8859		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
8860		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8861		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8862	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8863		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
8864		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8865		Novell Labs Europe.
8866	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8867		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
8868		Cal State Chico.
8869	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
8870		*Hobbit*.
8871	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8872		and Liudvikas Bukys.
8873	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8874		from Spider Boardman.
8875	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8876		with the binaries).
8877
88788.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
8879	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
8880		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
8881	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
8882		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
8883		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
8884		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
8885		implications.
8886	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
8887		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
8888		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
8889		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
8890	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
8891		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
8892		University of Texas.
8893	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
8894		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
8895		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
8896		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
8897	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
8898		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
8899		Data General.
8900	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
8901		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
8902		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
8903	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
8904		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
8905		with a lot of arguments).
8906	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
8907		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
8908		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
8909		Michigan.
8910	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
8911		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
8912		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
8913		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
8914		Thibault.
8915	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
8916		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
8917		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
8918		some of the map code.
8919	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8920		with the binaries).
8921
89228.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
8923	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
8924		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
8925		may have some security implications.
8926	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
8927		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
8928		Hill of the University of Iowa.
8929	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
8930		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
8931	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
8932		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
8933	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
8934	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
8935		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
8936		option.
8937	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
8938		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
8939		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
8940		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
8941		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
8942		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
8943		Rochester.
8944	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
8945		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
8946		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
8947	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
8948		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
8949		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
8950	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
8951		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
8952		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
8953	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
8954		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
8955		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
8956		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
8957		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
8958		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
8959		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
8960		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
8961		messages.
8962	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
8963		message to explain how much space was available and
8964		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
8965		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
8966	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
8967		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
8968		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
8969		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
8970		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
8971		moves things more towards what will probably become a
8972		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
8973		Kapor Enterprises.
8974	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
8975		without recompiling.
8976	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
8977		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
8978		purely cosmetic.
8979	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
8980		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
8981		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
8982	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
8983		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
8984		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
8985		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
8986		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
8987		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
8988		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
8989	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
8990		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
8991		Wolfhugel.
8992	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
8993		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
8994		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
8995		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
8996		refused" response, and that the connection can be
8997		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
8998		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
8999		size around and can never start listening to connections
9000		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
9001		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9002		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9003		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9004		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
9005		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9006		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9007		implications.
9008	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9009		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9010	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9011		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9012		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9013	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9014		doc directory.  This includes some additional
9015		information.
9016	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9017		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
9018		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9019		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
9020		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9021		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9022		loop the mail, which was bad news.
9023	Portability fixes:
9024		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9025		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9026		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9027		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9028		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9029		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9030			Newcastle upon Tyne.
9031		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9032			Corporation.
9033		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9034		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9035			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9036		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9037	New Files:
9038		src/Makefile.CLIX
9039		src/Makefile.NCR3000
9040		doc/changes/Makefile
9041		doc/changes/changes.me
9042		doc/changes/changes.ps
9043
90448.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
9045	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9046		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
9047		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9048
90498.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
9050	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9051		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
9052		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9053		list.
9054
90558.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
9056	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9057		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9058		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9059		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9060		valid shell.
9061	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9062		in the connection cache for a long time under some
9063		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
9064		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
9065		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
9066		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9067	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9068		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9069		from a local user to another local user.  From
9070		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9071	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9072		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
9073		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9074	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9075		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9076		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9077		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9078		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9079		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9080		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9081		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9082		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9083	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9084		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
9085		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9086	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9087		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9088		BSD-like system.
9089	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9090		protocol entirely.
9091	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9092		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9093		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9094		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
9095		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9096	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9097	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9098		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9099		files.
9100	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9101		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
9102		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9103	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
9104		of CMU.
9105	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9106		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9107		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
9108	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
9109		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9110		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9111		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9112	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9113		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
9114		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9115		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9116		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
9117		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9118	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9119		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
9120	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9121		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
9122		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9123		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
9124		Motonori Nakamura.
9125	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9126		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9127		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9128	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9129		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9130		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
9131		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9132	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9133		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9134		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9135	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9136		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
9137		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9138	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9139		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9140		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9141		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9142	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9143		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9144		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
9145		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9146	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9147		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9148		didn't see the class items being added.
9149	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9150		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9151		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
9152		Rutgers.
9153	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9154		but sets h_errno to a success value.
9155	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9156		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9157		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
9158		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9159		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9160		the problem myself.
9161	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9162		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9163		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9164		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9165	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9166		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9167		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
9168		UUNET.
9169	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9170		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
9171		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
9172		John Oleynick.
9173	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9174		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
9175		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9176	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9177		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
9178		Nakamura.
9179	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9180		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9181		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9182		University of Washington.
9183	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9184		don't have an ``=value'' part.
9185	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9186		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
9187		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9188		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9189		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9190		of Cambridge University.
9191	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9192		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9193		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9194	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9195		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9196		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9197	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9198		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
9199		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9200		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9201		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9202		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
9203		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9204		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9205		a chance.
9206	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9207		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9208	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9209		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9210		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9211		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
9212		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9213		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
9214		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9215		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9216	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
9217		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9218	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9219	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9220		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9221		size for various mailers.
9222	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9223		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9224		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9225	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9226		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9227		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9228	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9229	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9230		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
9231		system.
9232	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9233		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
9234		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9235	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9236		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
9237		Michel of Thomson CSF.
9238	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9239		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9240		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9241		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9242		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9243		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9244		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9245		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
9246		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9247		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9248		University of Sydney.
9249	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9250		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9251		This is because of the known bug where definition of
9252		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9253		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9254	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9255		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9256		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
9257		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
9258		Suominen.
9259	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9260		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9261		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9262		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9263	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
9264		Suominen.
9265	Portability fixes:
9266		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9267		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9268		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9269		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9270		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9271		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9272		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9273		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9274		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9275	NEW FILES:
9276		src/Makefile.DomainOS
9277		src/Makefile.PTX
9278		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9279		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9280		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9281		src/mailq.1
9282		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9283		doc/op/Makefile
9284		doc/intro/Makefile
9285		doc/usenix/Makefile
9286
92878.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
9288	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9289		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
9290		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9291	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9292		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
9293		permissions they should not have had (usually group
9294		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
9295		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9296	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9297		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9298		Although this does not respond to a specific known
9299		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
9300		Christian Wettergren.
9301	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9302		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9303		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9304		program by putting that in their .forward file.
9305		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9306		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9307		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
9308		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
9309		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9310		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9311		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9312		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9313		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9314		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9315	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9316		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
9317		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9318		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9319	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9320		connection to create problems on the current job.
9321		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9322		the wrong place.
9323	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9324		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9325		problem that ignored the load average in locally
9326		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9327	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
9328		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9329	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9330		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9331		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9332	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9333		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
9334		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
9335		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
9336		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9337	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9338		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
9339		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9340	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9341		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9342		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
9343	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9344		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9345	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9346		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9347		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
9348		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
9349	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9350		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9351		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9352	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9353		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9354		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
9355	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9356		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9357		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
9358	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9359		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9360		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9361		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9362		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
9363		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9364	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9365		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9366		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9367		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9368	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9369		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9370		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9371		dot convention.
9372	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9373		of from a clean exit.
9374	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9375		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9376		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9377	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9378		as the subject of an error message, even though the
9379		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9380		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9381	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
9382		Jones of UUNET.
9383	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9384		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
9385		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
9386		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9387	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9388		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9389		says that they should be ignored.
9390	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9391		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9392		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
9393		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9394		is not reentrant.
9395	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9396		documented in the Bat Book.
9397	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9398		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9399		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9400		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9401	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9402		code during some parts of connection initialization.
9403		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9404		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9405		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
9406	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9407		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9408	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9409		of Kyoto University.
9410	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9411		From P{r Emanuelsson.
9412	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9413		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9414	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
9415		Bryan Costales.
9416	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9417		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9418	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9419		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
9420		Nakamura.
9421	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9422		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9423		illegal addresses appearing there).
9424	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9425		BB&N.
9426	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9427		included.
9428	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
9429		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9430	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9431		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9432		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
9433		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9434	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9435		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9436	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9437		by the other end closing the connection.  From
9438		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9439	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9440		to include a host name or other useful information.
9441	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
9442		DeMarco.
9443	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9444		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9445		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9446		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
9447		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9448	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9449		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9450	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9451		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9452		this properly).
9453	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9454		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9455		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9456	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9457		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9458		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9459		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
9460		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9461		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9462		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9463		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9464	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9465		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
9466		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9467		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9468		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9469		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9470		of the Institute for Global Communications.
9471	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9472		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
9473		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9474		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9475	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9476		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9477	Portability fixes for:
9478		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9479		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9480		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9481		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9482		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9483			of Stoner Associates.
9484		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9485		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9486			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9487			of Maryland.
9488		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9489		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9490		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9491		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9492		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9493		RISC/os.
9494		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9495			at Chico.
9496		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9497		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9498		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
9499			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9500			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9501	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9502		since this is intended only for internal use, the
9503		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
9504		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9505		addresses when relaying internally.
9506	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9507		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
9508		provided by Peter Wemm.
9509	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9510		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
9511		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9512	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9513		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9514	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9515		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9516		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9517		names.
9518	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9519		rather than letting them get "local configuration
9520		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9521	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9522		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9523		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
9524		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9525		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9526	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9527		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9528	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9529	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9530		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9531		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9532		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
9533		of Georgia Tech.
9534	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
9535		Jim Murray of Stratus.
9536	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9537		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
9538		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9539		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9540		the local name prepended.
9541	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9542	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9543	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9544		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
9545	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9546		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
9547		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9548	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9549		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9550			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9551		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9552			:include: files and accounts that have shells
9553			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
9554			cause some .forward files that have worked
9555			before to start failing.
9556		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9557	NEW FILES:
9558		src/Makefile.DGUX
9559		src/Makefile.Dynix
9560		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9561		src/Makefile.Mach386
9562		src/Makefile.NetBSD
9563		src/Makefile.RISCos
9564		src/Makefile.SCO
9565		src/Makefile.SVR4
9566		src/Makefile.Titan
9567		cf/mailer/pop.m4
9568		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9569		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
9570		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9571		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
9572		makemap/Makefile.dist
9573		praliases/Makefile.dist
9574
95758.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
9576	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9577		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9578		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9579	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
9580		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9581		class of attack.
9582	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9583		in a few critical places.
9584	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9585		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
9586		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
9587		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9588		and High-Energy Physics.
9589	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9590		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
9591		Eric Wassenaar.
9592	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9593		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9594		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
9595		Wassenaar.
9596	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9597		really become relevant in the next release, but some
9598		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
9599		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9600	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9601		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9602		these can have different values depending on which
9603		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9604	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9605		what uid/gid processes ran as.
9606	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9607		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9608		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9609		postmaster" case.
9610	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9611	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9612		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9613	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9614		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
9615		Christopher Davis.
9616	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9617		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9618		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
9619		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9620	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
9621		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
9622
96238.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
9624	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9625		addresses that get return-receipts.
9626	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9627		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9628		and end up sending the message several times.
9629	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9630		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9631		four hours".
9632	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9633		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
9634		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9635		Cornell University Medical College.
9636	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9637		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9638		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9639		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
9640		Wassenaar.
9641	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9642		connections fail during message collection.  From
9643		Eric Wassenaar.
9644	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9645		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9646		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9647		Stratus.
9648	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9649		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
9650		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9651	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9652		by non-root users were not put into
9653		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9654		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
9655		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9656	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9657		could get confused as to whether a database was
9658		open or not.
9659	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9660		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9661		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
9662		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9663		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9664	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9665		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9666		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9667	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9668
96698.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
9670	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9671	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9672		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9673		propagated to the queue file.
9674
96758.6/8.6		1993/10/05
9676	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9677		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9678	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9679		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9680		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9681		header files but don't have the syscall.
9682	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9683		if trymx == FALSE.
9684	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9685		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9686		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9687		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9688	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9689		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9690	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9691		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9692		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9693		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9694		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9695		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9696		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9697	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
9698		Kanbe.
9699	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9700		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
9701		Wisner of The Well.
9702	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9703		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9704	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9705		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9706		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
9707		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9708		files that you should be able to read but have previously
9709		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9710		read permission.
9711	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9712		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9713		MX suppression will still work.
9714	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9715		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
9716		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9717		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9718	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9719		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
9720		Nakamura.
9721	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9722		"CX $Z" works.
9723	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9724		trying to send the original message if the connection
9725		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9726		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
9727		by John Myers of CMU.
9728	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9729		term bug.
9730	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9731		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9732		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9733		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
9734		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9735		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
9736	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9737	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9738		ruleset testing a bit easier.
9739	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9740		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9741		level.
9742	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9743		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
9744		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
9745		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9746		address.
9747	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9748		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9749		Harvey Mudd College.
9750	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9751		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
9752		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9753		their full name information.
9754	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9755		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9756		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
9757	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9758		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9759	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9760		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9761		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9762		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9763	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9764		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
9765		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9766		PC TCP/IP implementations.
9767	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9768		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
9769		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
9770		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9771		names.
9772	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9773		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9774		helpful.
9775	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9776		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
9777		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
9778		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9779	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9780		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9781		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9782	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9783		that claims to be itself works properly.
9784	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9785		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9786		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9787		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9788	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9789		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
9790		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9791	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9792		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9793		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9794		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9795		scratch.
9796	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9797		true address to still send to the original address
9798		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9799		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9800		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9801	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
9802		more trouble than it was worth.
9803	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9804		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
9805		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9806	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
9807		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9808		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9809	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9810		the queue.
9811	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9812		messages don't come out with stale information.
9813	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9814		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9815	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9816		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
9817		Myers of CMU.
9818	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9819		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
9820		Corrigan.
9821	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9822		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
9823		sender address.
9824	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9825	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9826	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9827		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9828		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9829		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9830		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9831		that does bulk data transfer).
9832	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
9833		Amir Plivatsky.
9834	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
9835		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9836		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9837		bogus config files that were not caught.
9838	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9839		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9840	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9841		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9842		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9843	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9844		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9845	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9846		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9847		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9848		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9849	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9850		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9851	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9852		opened or if running with no database format defined.
9853	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9854		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9855	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9856		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
9857		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9858		Melbourne.
9859	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9860		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9861		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
9862		to match regular entries.
9863	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9864		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9865	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9866		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9867	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9868		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9869		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9870	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9871		error message so that the "subject" line of return
9872		messages is the best possible.
9873	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9874		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9875		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9876	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9877		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9878	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
9879		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9880	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
9881		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
9882	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
9883	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
9884		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
9885		on the address.
9886	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
9887		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
9888		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
9889		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
9890		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9891	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
9892	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
9893	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
9894		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
9895		addresses in any detail.
9896	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
9897		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
9898	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
9899		with an address such as "!foo".
9900	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
9901		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
9902		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
9903		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
9904		Bret Marquis.
9905
99068.5/8.5		1993/07/23
9907	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
9908		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
9909		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
9910		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9911	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
9912		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
9913		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
9914		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
9915		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
9916		Nakamura.
9917	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
9918		are no DNS records matching the name.
9919	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
9920		original message was received ... from localhost".
9921		The correct original host information is now included.
9922	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
9923		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
9924		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
9925	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
9926		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
9927	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
9928		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
9929		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
9930		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
9931		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
9932		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
9933		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
9934		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
9935
99368.4/8.4		1993/07/22
9937	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
9938		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
9939		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
9940		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
9941		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
9942		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
9943		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
9944		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
9945		are really configuration errors.  This option is
9946		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
9947		UIUC sendmail.
9948	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
9949		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
9950		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
9951		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
9952		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
9953		by Neil Rickert.
9954	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
9955		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
9956		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
9957		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
9958		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
9959		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
9960		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
9961		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
9962		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
9963		of dickering with error handling (see below).
9964	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
9965		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
9966		humans.
9967	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
9968		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
9969	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
9970		repaired).
9971	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
9972		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
9973		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
9974		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
9975	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
9976		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
9977		connection rather than sending QUIT.
9978	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
9979		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
9980		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
9981		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
9982		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9983	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
9984		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
9985		core dumps on some machines.
9986	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
9987		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
9988		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
9989		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
9990		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
9991		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
9992		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
9993		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
9994		some true error conditions.
9995	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
9996		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
9997		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
9998		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
9999	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10000		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
10001		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
10002		by Motonori Nakamura.
10003	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10004		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
10005		caused error messages to be handled differently during
10006		a queue run than a direct run.
10007	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10008		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10009		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10010	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10011		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10012		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10013		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10014		restart it.
10015	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10016		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
10017		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10018		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10019		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10020		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
10021		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10022		is appropriately functional.
10023	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10024		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10025		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
10026		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10027	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10028		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10029		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10030		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10031		Technologies.
10032	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10033		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
10034		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10035		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10036		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
10037		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10038		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10039		things.
10040	Portability changes:
10041		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10042			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10043			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
10044			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10045			of Colorado.
10046		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
10047			help other strict ANSI compilers.
10048		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10049			Corporation.
10050		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10051			documentation apparently doesn't define
10052			__STDC__ by default).
10053		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10054		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10055			Motonori Nakamura.
10056	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10057	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10058		several people have made a good argument that this
10059		creates more problems than it solves (although this
10060		may prove painful in the short run).
10061	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10062		format.
10063	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10064		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10065		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10066	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10067		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10068		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10069		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10070		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10071	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10072		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10073		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10074		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10075	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10076		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10077		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10078		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10079	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10080		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
10081		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10082		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
10083		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10084	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10085		environments.  Ugly as sin.
10086
100878.3/8.3		1993/07/13
10088	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10089		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10090		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
10091		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10092		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10093		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10094		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
10095		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10096		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10097	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10098		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
10099		"user friendly".
10100	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10101		16 bytes/sec.
10102	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10103		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
10104		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10105		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10106		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10107		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
10108		for quick test cases.
10109	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10110		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10111		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10112		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10113	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10114		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10115		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
10116	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10117		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
10118		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10119		From Michael Corrigan.
10120	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10121		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
10122		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10123	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10124		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10125		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10126	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10127		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
10128		Christophe Wolfhugel.
10129	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10130
101318.2/8.2		1993/07/11
10132	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10133	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10134		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
10135		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10136	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
10137	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10138		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10139		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
10140		from Bill Wisner.
10141	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10142		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10143	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
10144		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10145		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10146	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10147		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10148		match the other flags in that file.
10149	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
10150	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10151		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10152	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10153		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10154		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10155	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10156		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10157	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10158		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10159		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
10160	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10161		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10162		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10163	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10164		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
10165		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10166		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
10167		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10168	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10169		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10170		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10171		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10172		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10173		the root and directories leading up to your home);
10174		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10175		be owned by you.
10176	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10177		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10178		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10179		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10180	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10181	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10182	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10183		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
10184		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10185		is separate; this is just intended to work around
10186		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10187		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10188	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10189		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10190		matching without a null it never tries again with a
10191		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
10192		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10193		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
10194		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
10195		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10196		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10197		it adapts.
10198	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10199		will insert the appropriate full name information;
10200		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10201		way.
10202	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10203		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10204		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10205	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10206		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10207		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10208		only happen when there has been another error in the
10209		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
10210		by default in conf.h.
10211	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10212		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
10213		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10214		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10215		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10216		This output is not intended to be particularly human
10217		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10218		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10219	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
10220		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10221		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10222		See cf/README for an example.
10223	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10224		sites that don't use the -d flag.
10225	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10226		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10227		has been requested by several people, but can break
10228		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10229		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10230		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10231		broken.  Use it sparingly.
10232	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
10233		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
10234		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10235	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
10236		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10237		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
10238		Bill Wisner of The Well.
10239	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10240		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
10241		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10242
102438.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
10244	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10245		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10246	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10247		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10248		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10249	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10250
102518.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
10252	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10253		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
10254		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10255
102568.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
10257	Another mailertable fix....
10258
102598.1/8.1		1993/06/07
10260	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
10261